BC-4A CHASSIS
SERVICE MANUAL
MODEL
COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO.
MODEL
COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO.
KV-VF21M40
KV-VF21M70
KV-VF21M70
RM-956
RM-956
RM-956
E
SCC-P10A-A
SCC-P11A-A
SCC-P12A-A
KV-VF21M70
RM-956
RM-955
HK
HK
SCC-P09B-A
SCC-P09A-A
ME
JE
KV-VF21M77
EJECT
EJECT
Z
Z
PIC MODE
PIC MODE
TAPE SPEED
TIMER REC G-CODE
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
zREC
INDEX
zREC
INDEX
.
X
>
.
X
>
PAUSE
PAUSE
REW
m
FF
M
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
x
STOP
x
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
MENU COUNTER RESET
t
GAME
t
GAME
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
6
9
7
7
-/--
C
-/--
C
2
PROGR
2
PROGR
RM-955
RM-956
PAL NTSC
®
(VF21M77 ONLY)
TRINITRON® COLOR VIDEO TV
∗ Please file according to model size. ....
21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Re ce iva b le ch a n n e ls a n d ch a n n e l d isp la y
System
Area
Channel coverage
Channel display
B/G, H
Middle East/Asia
E-2 to E-12
E-21 to E-69
C02 to C12
C21 to C69
Indonesia
Morocco
CATV
1A
C01
2 to 11
C03 to C12
M-4 to M-7
M-8 to M-10
C70 to C73
C08 to C10
S-01 to S-05
S-1 to S-41
S42 to S46
S01 to S41
I
Hong Kong/
United Kingdom
B-21 to B-69
C21 to C69
Ireland
A, B, C,....J
C01 to C10
South Africa
4 to 13
21 to 68
C04 to C13
C21 to C68
Angola
CATV
1
C00
2 to 3
C02 to C03
S-01 to S-05
S-1 to S41
S42 to S46
S01 to S41
D/K, K1
East European
coutries
R-1 to R-12
R-21 to R-60
C01 to C12
C21 to C60
China
C-1
C01
C-2
C02
C-3
C13
C-4
C03
C-5
C04
C-6
C14
C-7 to C-12
C-13 to C-24
C-25 to C-47
C-48 to C-57
C06 to C11
C21 to C32
C38 to C60
C61 to C70
Ivory Coast
CATV
1 to 3
C71 to C73
S01 to S39
S-1 to S-39
M
America
A-2 to A-13
A-14 to A-69
C02 to C13
C14 to C69
CATV
A-8
S01
A-7
S05
A-6
S06
A-5 to A-1
A to E
F to W+28
W+29 to W+58
S95 to S99
S14 to S18
S19 to S64
S65 to S94
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 3 –
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
Title
Page
Section
Title
Page
SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION......................................
[ TV SECTION]
1. GENERAL
5
5. CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS
5-1. Adjustments with Commander ................................ 73
5-2. Adjustment Method ................................................. 74
5-3. Service Data ............................................................ 75
5-4. A Board Adjustment ................................................ 77
1-1. KV-VF21M40/VF21M70 ........................................
1-2. KV-VF21M77 ......................................................... 35
8
2. DISASSEMBLY
6. DIAGRAMS
2-1. Rear Cover Removal ............................................... 65
2-2. Chassis Assy Removal ............................................ 65
2-3. Service Position (A Board) ..................................... 65
2-4. A Board Removal .................................................... 65
2-5. Harnes Location ...................................................... 66
2-6. Picture Tube Removal ............................................. 67
6-1. Block Diagrams ....................................................... 79
6-2. Circuit Boards Location .......................................... 83
6-3. Printed Wiring Boards and Schematic Diagrams .... 83
•
•
A Board .................................................................... 84
CV, F Boards ............................................................ 91
6. EXPLODED VIEWS
3. SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS
6-1. Picture Tube ............................................................ 124
3-1. Beam Landing ......................................................... 68
3-2. Convergence ............................................................ 69
3-3. Focus Adjustment .................................................... 70
3-4. Screen (G2) Adjustment .......................................... 70
3-5. White Barance Adjustment ..................................... 71
3-6. Picture Distortion Adjustment ................................. 71
6-2. Chassis..................................................................... 125
7. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ...................................... 129
[ VIDEO SECTION]
1. GENERAL ....................................................................... 96
2. DISASSEMBLY ............................................................. 97
3. CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS ........................................ 98
4. INTERFACE, IC PIN FUNCTION
4. SAFETY RELATED ADJUSTMENT...................... 72
DESCRIPTION .............................................................. 101
5. DIAGRAMS ..................................................................... 105
6. EXPLODED VIEWS ..................................................... 126
7. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ...................................... 135
CAUTION
SHORT CIRCUIT THE ANODE OF THE PICTURE TUBE AND
THE ANODE CAP TO THE METAL CHASSIS, CRT SHIELD, OR
CARBON PAINTED ON THE CRT, AFTER REMOVING THE AN-
ODE.
SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!
COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY SHADING AND MARK ! ON
THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS, EXPLODED VIEWS AND IN THE
PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL FOR SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE
THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART
NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUP-
PLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY. CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS
THAT ARE CRITICAL FOR SAFE OPERATION ARE IDENTIFIED
IN THIS MANUAL. FOLLOW THESE PROCEDURES WHEN-
EVER CRITICAL COMPONENTS ARE REPLACED OR IM-
PROPER OPERATION IS SUSPECTED.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 4 –
SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
1. OUTLINE
• The units in this manual contain a self-diagnostic function.
• If an error occurs, the STANDBY lamp will automatically begin to flash.
The number of times the lamp flashes translates to a probable source of the problem. A definition of the STANDBY lamp
flash indicators is listed in the instruction manual for the user’s knowledge and reference.
• If an error symptom cannot be reproduced, the remote commander can be used to review the failure occurrence data
stored in memory to reveal past problems and how often these problems occur.
2. DIAGNOSTIC TEST INDICATORS
• When an errors occurs, the STANDBY lamp will flash a set number of times to indicate the possible cause of the problem.
If there is more than one error, the lamp will identify the first of the problem areas.
• Result for all of the following diagnostic items are displayed on screen. No error has occured if the screen displays a “0”.
Diagnostic
Item
No. of times
STANDBY lamp display/Diagnostic
Self-diagnostic
Probable
Cause
Detected
Symptoms
Description
flashes
result
—
Location
• Power does not
turn on
Does not light
• Power cord is not plugged
in.
• Power does not come on.
• No power is supplied to the
TV.
• Fuse is burned out F901
• AC power supply is faulty.
• FBT
• On standby state.
• Load on power line is
shorted
(at the same time 4 : 1 on
display).
2 times
4 times
2 : 0 or
• +B overcurrent
(OCP) or
overvoltage
(OVP)
• Q802 (H OUT) shorted
2 : 1
4 : 1
at the same
time
(Note 1)
• Vertical deflection
stopped
• IC501
• IC301 !¢ pin
• IC606
• Q802 (H OUT) shorted
• Q803
• Q608
• Has entered standby state
after horizontal raster.
• Vertical deflection pulse is
stopped.
• Horizontal deflection
stopped.
4 : 0
or
4 : 1
• R803 open
• Power line is shorted or
power supply is stopped.
• CRT
• IC301
• IC701 - IC703, Q701
(CV board)
• White balance
failure (no
PICTURE)
5 times
5 : 0
or
5 : 1
• No raster is generated.
• CRT cathode current
detection reference pulse
output is small.
• G2 is improperly adjusted.
(Note 2)
Note 1: If a + B overcurrent is detected, stoppage of the vertical deflection is detected simultaneously.
The symptom that is diagnosed first by the microcontroller is displayed on the screen.
Note 2: Refer to screen (G2) Adjustment in section 3-4 of this manual.
• VCR EMG code List
Code
00h
10h
11h
12h
20h
21h
22h
23h
24h
25h
Coutents
Code
30h
31h
40h
41h
42h
43h
44h
50h
60h
70h
Coutents
Capstan FG NG at initial
Capstan FG NG
Drum FG NG
Drum FG NG at initial
Drum FG NG
Drum PG NG
Drum PG NG
DEW
FL NG
NO EMG
CAM encode NG during unloading
CAM encode NG during unloading
CAM encode NG at intial
T reel NG during unloading
S reel FG NG
T reel FG NG
S reel FG NG
T reel FG NG at initial
S reel FG NG at initial
DEW eject NG
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 5 –
3. DISPLAY OF STANDBY LIGHT FLASH COUNT
* One flash count is not used for self-diagnostic.
< Diagnostic Item >
• +B OCP/OVP
< Flash Count >
2 times
• Vertical deflection stopped
• White balance failure
4 times
5 times
STANDBY lamp (RED)
Lamp ON 0.3 sec.
Lamp OFF 0.3 sec.
Lamp OFF 3.0 sec.
STOPPING THE STANDBY FLASH
• Turn off the power switch on the TV main unit or unplug the power cord from the outlet to stop the STANDBY lamp from flashing.
4. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN DISPLAY
• For errors with symptoms such as “power sometimes shuts off” or “screen sometimes goes out” that cannot be confirmed,
it is possible to bring up past occurances of failure for confirmation on the screen:
[To Bring Up Screen Test]
• In standby mode, press buttons on the remote commander sequentially in rapid succession as shown below:
[Screen display] / channel [5] / Sound volume [-] / Power ON u
+
˘
Note that this differs from entering the service mode (mode volume [+]).
Self-Diagnosis screen display
SELF CHECK
diagnostic item : result
Numeral "0" means that no fault has been detected.
Numeral "1" means a fault has been detected.
1: 2 : 1 3 : 4 : 0 5 : 1
EMG code.
VCR :
Note: Though "1: , 3:" indicated, not using.
5. HANDLING OF SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN DISPLAY
• Since the diagnostic results displayed on the screen are not automatically cleared, always check the self-diagnostic
screen during repairs. When you have completed the repairs, clear the result display to “0”.
• Unless the result display is cleared to “0”, the self-diagnostic function will not be able to detect subsequent faults after
completion of the repairs.
[Clearing the result display]
• To clear the result display to “0”, press buttons on the remote commander sequentially as shown below when the diagnos-
tic screen is being displayed.
• Pay attention when perform by the service mode, other all electric adjustment data will be rewrite.
Channel [8] / [0]
[Quitting Self-diagnostic screen]
• To quit the entire self-diagnostic screen, turn off the power switch on the remote commander or the main unit.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 6 –
6. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC CIRCUIT
LED flash
IC001
µ-COM
STANDBY
lamp
To item 2 and 5 via bus line
SCL1 49
D1308
SDA1
47
RY601
RELAY
52
LED1
VCR
41 42 43
R
•
G
•
B
4
1
3
A
MEMORY IC004
2
ITEM 3
Over current
Detection(OVP)
62
60
Q601
37
OVP
Q606
A
V PULSE
R611
V•STOP
R656
8
3
R613
R615
+B LINE
1
IC301
Y/C/J
PM601
PM21
R614
HP/
FBT
(T801)
PROTECT
ITEM 2.
Over voltage
Detection(OCP)
✩
Diagnostic screen display
35
34
SDA
SCL
15
VM OUT
21
IK IN
CRT
ITEM 5.
Auto cut-off white balance detection(AKB)
R,G,B STOP
IC501
Q502
ITEM 4.
Vertical Deflection
output Detection
(V•STOP)
7
BOOST
VCC
Q501
3
C504
R510
C505
D502
[+B overcurrent]
[+B over voltage]
Owing to current increase voltage of R615 decrease and that it make PM601 pin 8 to
become LOW and OFF RY601.
When +B voltage become more than 142.5V, PM601 8 pin become LOW and RY601
OFF.
[Vertical deflection stopped]
[White balance]
Detect Vertical deflection Pulse lost by IC001 ^º pin of micro computer.
Mute the picture at !∞pin of IC301 that performed by Y/C/J.
Detect when R.G.B. output wrong level balance of automatic white balance detecting
standard pulse which detect cathode current, or which become low almost.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 7 –
The operating instructions mentioned here are partial abstracts from the
Operating Instruction Manual. The page numbers of the Operating In-
struction Manual remein as in the manual.
SECTION 1
GENERAL
1-1. KV-VF21M40/VF21M70
Ge t t in g St a rt e d
St e p 2: In st a llin g t h e vid e o TV
St e p 1: Pre p a ra t io n
Ch e ck t h e su p p lie d a cce sso rie s
Se cu re t h e vid e o TV
When you have taken everything out of the carton, check that you
have these items:
• Remote control
• Two R6 (size AA) batteries
• Stabilizer band
To prevent the video TV from falling, secure it using one of the
following methods:
With the supplied screw s, attach the stabilizer band to the TV stand and to
the rear of the video TV using the existing hole.
• Two clamps
A
• Two wood screws
• AC plug adaptor
• These operating instructions
OR
Pass a cord or chain through the clamps and secure them to the rear of the
video TV and a w all or pillar.
B
In se rt t h e b a t t e rie s in t o t h e re m o t e co n t ro l
20
mm
3.8 mm
Note
• Do not use old batteries or different types of batteries together.
B
A
4
Getting Started
5
Getting Started
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
St e p 4: Se le ct in g
t h e la n g u a g e
St e p 3: Co n n e ct in g t h e a n t e n n a
For better TV reception and clear recordings, connect an outdoor
antenna to your video TV.
You can change the menu and on-screen
information language to Chinese.
EJECT
Co n n e ct in g a n o u t d o o r a n t e n n a
/
To connect a VHF antenna or a combination VHF/UHF
antenna—75-ohm coaxial cable (round)
PIC MODE
TIMER REC
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
REC
INDEX
Attach an IEC antenna connector to the 75-ohm coaxial cable.
Plug the connector into the 8 (antenna) socket of the video TV.
PAUSE
REW
FF
M/,/m/</
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
Rear
VHF/UHF
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET
antenna
On a w all
t
GAME
MENU
/
Press / to turn on the
video TV.
1
or
When the TV is in standby
mode (the indicator on
the video TV is lit in red),
press / , PROGR +/– or
a number button on the
remote control.
To connect both VHF and UHF antennas
Attach the antenna cable ends to the VHF/UHF mixer (not
supplied).
Plug the mixer into the 8 (antenna) socket of the video TV.
Press MENU.
UHF antenna
VHF antenna
2
PICTURE MODE
3
MENU
·
DYNAMIC
·
STANDARD
Rear
·
SOFT
·
PERSONAL
ADJUST
300-ohm tw in-lead cable
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select
then press ENTER.
,
3
SET UP
3
75-ohm coaxial cable
TV SET UP
VIDEO SET UP
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
VHF/UHF mixer
(not supplied)
LANGUAGE/
:ENGLISH
PIC ROTATION
SELECT
ENTER
continued
6
Getting Started
7
Getting Started
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
St e p 4: Se le ct in g t h e la n g u a g e (co n t in u e d )
St e p 5: Se t t in g
t h e clo ck
EJECT
Press M or m to select
LANGUAGE/
press ENTER.
PIC MODE
4
SET UP
TV SET UP
VIDEO SET UP
LANGUAGE/
PIC ROTATION
3
TIMER REC
, then
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
You need to set the clock to use timer
recording, Quick-Timer recording and
on-timer functions.
REC
INDEX
:ENGLISH
The selected item turns
red.
PAUSE
REW
FF
SELECT
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
M/,/m/</
ENTER
STOP
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
MENU COUNTER RESET
5
t
GAME
MENU
The menu language changes to Chinese.
Press MENU.
1
PICTURE MODE
3
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
·
DYNAMIC
MENU
·
STANDARD
·
SOFT
·
PERSONAL
ADJUST
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select
,
2
3
TIMER
ON TIMER SET
CLOCK SET
3
then press ENTER.
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select
CLOCK SET , then press
ENTER.
CLOCK SET
31.12.1999 FRI 10:00
3
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
ENTER
Press ENTER.
4
5
The day section turns red.
Press M or m to set the
day, then press ,.
CLOCK SET
3
27.12.1999 MON 10:00
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
The month section turns
red.
SELECT ENTER
continued
8
Getting Started
9
Getting Started
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
St e p 5: Se t t in g t h e clo ck (co n t in u e d )
St e p 6: Se t t in g t h e ch a n n e ls
EJECT
Press M, m or , to set the month, year, hour and minutes in
Pre se t t in g ch a n n e ls
a u t o m a t ica lly
You can preset up to 100 channels.
6
the same way as in step 5, then press ENTER.
PIC MODE
The clock starts working.
TIMER REC
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
REC
INDEX
Automatic presetting is the easiest way
to setup your video TV if you want to
preset all receivable channels at once.
PAUSE
To return to the normal screen
REW
FF
PLAY
ENTER
M/,/m/</
ENTER
Press MENU.
To preset the channels manually, see
page 30.
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET
If you have made a mistake w hile setting the clock
MENU
t
GAME
Press < to go back to the item to be changed and set the correct
digits using M or m, then press ,.
Press MENU.
1
PICTURE MODE
3
Note
·
DYNAMIC
MENU
·
STANDARD
• If power is interrupted or you disconnect the AC power cord, you have to
re-set the clock.
·
SOFT
·
PERSONAL
ADJUST
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select
,
2
3
4
then press ENTER.
SET UP
3
TV SET UP
VIDEO SET UP
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
LANGUAGE/
:ENGLISH
PIC ROTATION
SELECT
ENTER
Make sure TV SET UP is
selected, then press
ENTER.
TV SET UP
3
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL PROGRAM
SKIP : PR 01 OFF
TV SYS : B/G
PLAY
ENTER
COL SYS : AUTO
INTELLIGENT VOL : OFF
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select TV
SYS, then press ENTER.
TV SET UP
3
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL PROGRAM
SKIP : PR 01 OFF
TV SYS : B/G
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
The selected item turns red.
COL SYS : AUTO
INTELLIGENT VOL : OFF
SELECT
Press M or m to select the
TV system (B/G, I, D/K or
M) and press ENTER.
ENTER
continued
10
Getting Started
11
Getting Started
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
St e p 6: Se t t in g t h e ch a n n e ls (co n t in u e d )
Press / to turn on the video TV.
1
When the TV is in standby mode (the indicator on the video TV
is lit in red), press / , PROGR +/– or a number button on the
remote control.
Press M or m to select
5
AUTO PROGRAM
PR : 01
TV SYS : B/G
CH : 01
3
AUTO PROGRAM, then
press ENTER.
PLAY
PLAY
ENTER
ENTER
Press TUNER PRESET ON/OFF with a pointed object.
2
3
ENTER
Do not use an item (such as a pencil) that might break off when
inserted.
Presetting starts from program position 1. The preset program and channel
numbers are displayed on the screen in sequence.
When presetting is finished, program position 1 appears again. All available
channels are now stored on successive number buttons.
Press t to select the TV
TUNER PRESET
system of the channels
which you want to preset.
t
PR : 01
TV SYS : B/G
CH : 01
Press t
for system selection.
GAME to start.
Tip
• To stop automatic channel presetting, press MENU.
Press GAME.
GAME
4
Pre se t t in g ch a n n e ls a u t o m a t ica lly u sin g t h e
TUNER PRESET ON/OFF b u t t o n o n t h e vid e o TV
Presetting starts from program position 1. The preset program and
channel numbers are displayed on the screen in sequence.
When presetting is finished, program position 1 appears again. All
available channels are now stored on successive number buttons.
STOP REW
–PLAY–
FF PAUSE
REC
TIMER REC
REC
QUICK TIMER
GAME
PROGR
t
PUSH
q
GAME
TUNER PRESET
ON/OFF
t
/
12
Getting Started
13
Getting Started
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ba sic Op e ra t io n s
Wa t ch in g t h e TV
Additional tasks
To
EJECT
Press
This section explains various functions
used while watching the TV. Most
operations can be done using the remote
control.
/
Turn off temporarily
/
on the remote control.
The indicator on the video TV lights up in red.
PIC MODE
PIC MODE
TIMER REC
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
Turn off the main power
/
on the video TV.
REC
INDEX
The w indicator on the video TV lights up in orange.
PAUSE
Adjust the volume
Mute the sound
+/–.
.
REW
FF
PLAY
ENTER
Watch the video input
(from a connected VCR,
camcorder, etc.)
t to select “t1” or “t2”(see page 48).
To return to the TV screen, press t again.
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET
t
GAME
t
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
Selecting the picture mode
Press PIC MODE repeatedly until the desired picture mode is selected.
6
9
Number buttons
7
-/--
C
Select
To
PROGR
DYNAMIC
STANDARD
SOFT
receive high contrast pictures.
receive normal contrast pictures.
receive low contrast pictures.
+/–
PROGR+/–
/
PROGR+/–
+/–
PERSONAL
receive the latest picture settings from the ADJUST
option in the PICTURE MODE menu (see page 35).
Press / to turn on the
video TV.
1
2
When the TV is in standby
mode (the indicator on
the video TV is lit in red),
press / on the remote
control.
Displaying on-screen information
Press
to display the following on-screen information.
To have the program number and channel number stay on the
screen, press
To make the information disappear, press
displayed on the screen.
again.
until no information is
Press PROGR +/– or the
number buttons to select
the TV channel.
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
6
PROGR
Program position
Channel number
12
C30
7
9
For double digit numbers,
press -, then the numbers
(e.g., for 25, press -, then
2 and 5).
MAIN
-/--
C
27.11 SAT
20:00
Current date and time
Note
• You can also select the channel number directly with the number buttons.
Press C (once for regular channels, twice for cable channels), the desired
number buttons, then ENTER.
14
Basic Operations 15
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Pla yin g a t a p e
Additional tasks
To
Press
This section shows you how to play a
tape. Other convenient functions you
can use while playing a tape are
stop playback
STOP
.
The video TV goes back to the normal TV picture.
stop playback for a moment
PAUSE
.
explained in “Additional Operations.”
Press PAUSE again or press PLAY
playback.
to resume
EJECT
If you leave your video TV in pause mode, normal
playback resumes after about 5 minutes to prevent tape
damage.
EJECT
/
search a tape at high speed
REW
during playback.
To resume normal playback, press PLAY
(rewind) or FF
(fast-forward)
PIC MODE
TIMER REC
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
.
REC
INDEX
PAUSE
fast-forward the tape
rewind the tape
STOP , then press FF
.
PAUSE
FF
STOP , then press REW
.
REW
FF
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
view the picture in fast-forward
or rewind mode
and hold FF
rewind.
during fast-forward or REW
during
STOP
REW
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET
When you release the button, fast-forward or rewind
mode is resumed.
STOP REW
–
PLAY– FF PAUSE
COUNTER RESET
t
GAME
eject a cassette
EJECT
.
/
PLAY
PAUSE
EJECT
STOP
REW
You can eject the cassette even if the power is off.
FF
Protecting your cassette against accidental erasure
To prevent accidental erasure, break off the safety tab as illustrated.
Press / to turn on the video TV.
1
2
3
To record on a cassette without a safety tab, simply cover the tab
hole with adhesive tape.
When the TV is in standby mode (the indicator on the video TV is lit in
red), skip this step.
Insert a cassette.
Adhesive tape
Safety tab
If you insert a cassette with its safety tab removed, playback starts
automatically.
Press PLAY
.
PLAY
ENTER
Playback starts. On-screen
information is displayed
for a few seconds.
Note
• The picture’s color may be affected when playing a MESECAM-recorded
tape in the LP mode.
continued
16
Basic Operations 17
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Pla yin g a t a p e (co n t in u e d )
Re co rd in g TV
p ro g ra m s
EJECT
/
Disp la yin g o n -scre e n in fo rm a t io n
Press
to display the following on-screen information. To show
PIC MODE
TIMER REC
only the amount of remaining tape and the linear tape counter on
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
Re co rd in g TV p ro g ra m s
TAPE SPEED
REC
the screen, press
To make the information disappear, press
displayed on the screen.
again.
REC
INDEX
until no information is
PAUSE
PAUSE
REW
FF
PLAY
ENTER
Amount of remaining tape
STOP
Beginning of the tape
End of the tape
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET
S
E
t
GAME
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
Tape operation mode
6
9
Number
buttons
7
S
E
-/--
C
27.11 SAT
20:00
STOP REW –PLAY– FF PAUSE
REC
SP
2:05:10
PROGR
PROGR+/–
Linear tape counter
Tape speed
/
Current date
and time
PROGR+/–
STOP
PAUSE
REC
Resetting the tape counter
The tape counter helps you to locate a certain scene after playback.
Press COUNTER RESET on the remote control to set the counter to
“0:00:00” before playing a tape. The tape counter is automatically
reset to zero whenever a cassette is inserted. The video TV keeps
counting the length of the tape being played. Note, however, that
the tape counter does not count the portions that do not contain any
recordings.
Press
/
to turn on the video TV.
1
If the TV is in standby mode (the indicator on the video TV is lit in
red), the video TV will turn on automatically when a cassette is
inserted.
Insert a cassette with a safety tab.
2
3
Press PROGR+/– or the
number buttons to select
the program position.
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
6
PROGR
For double digit numbers,
press -, then press the
numbers (e.g., for 25, press
-, then 2 and 5).
7
9
-/--
C
Press TAPE SPEED to select
the tape speed.
4
TAPE SPEED
For details about the tape
speed, see “Selecting the
tape speed” on page 21.
continued
18
Basic Operations 19
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Re co rd in g TV p ro g ra m s (co n t in u e d )
Selecting the tape speed
The chart below shows the recording/playback time available in
each mode.
Press REC
.
5
REC
The REC indicator lights
up and recording begins.
PAL, MESECAM
Tape speed setting
LP mode
Cassette tape
SP mode
30 min.
E-30
1 hr.
Note
E-60
1 hr.
2 hrs.
• You can also select the channel number directly with the number buttons.
E-90
1 hr 30 min.
2 hrs.
3 hrs.
Press C (once for regular channels, twice for cable channels), the desired
number buttons, then ENTER.
E-120
E-150
E-180
E-195
E-210
E-240
4 hrs.
2 hrs 30 min.
3 hrs.
5 hrs.
To stop recording
Press STOP
6 hrs.
.
When the tape reaches the end, the video TV rewinds the tape
automatically to the beginning, then stops. This function does not
work when the power of the video TV is off.
3 hrs 15 min.
3 hrs 30 min.
4 hrs.
6 hrs 30 min.
7 hrs.
8 hrs.
To pause recording
NTSC
You can cut out an unwanted scene during recording with this
button.
Tape speed setting
Cassette tape
SP mode
30 min.
1 hr.
EP mode
1 hr 30 min.
3 hrs.
1 Press PAUSE when an unwanted scene appears on the screen.
Recording pauses.
T-30
T-60
2 Press PAUSE again to release the pause mode at the end of the
unwanted scene.
Recording resumes from the point set in step 1.
T-120
T-160
T-180
2 hrs.
6 hrs.
2 hrs 40 min.
3 hrs.
8 hrs.
9 hrs.
When the recording pause mode lasts for about 5 minutes, the video
TV stops recording to prevent tape damage.
Notes
• In the SP mode, the tape runs twice as fast as the LP mode, and three
times as fast as the EP mode.
Recording w ith the TV off
Press / on the video TV.
The video TV is turned off and the w indicator lights up.
The video TV continues recording.
• When a PAL format cassette is used with the NTSC system for recording,
the actual recording time is shorter than the standard recording time
stipulated on the cassette.
continued
20
Basic Operations 21
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Re co rd in g TV p ro g ra m s (co n t in u e d )
Turn QUICK TIMER to set
the hour of the start time,
then press QUICK TIMER.
3
QUICK TIMER
QUICK TIMER
Re co rd in g u sin g QUICK-TIMER
The Quick-Timer recording function allows you to preset your video
TV to record one program within a 24-hour period. For setting the
Quick-Timer, use QUICK TIMER on the video TV.
The hour is set and the
minute of the start time
turns red.
PUSH
PUSH
Before you begin
• Make sure that the clock is set correctly. If it is not, see “Setting
the clock” on page 9.
• Make sure that the loaded cassette has its safety tab intact.
• Make sure that the video TV does not enter the timer recording
standby mode (the TIMER REC indicator on the video TV should
not be lit.)
Turn QUICK TIMER to set the minute of the start time, then
press QUICK TIMER.
4
5
6
Use the QUICK TIMER dial to set the recording time period and
program position in the same way as in step 3.
Turn QUICK TIMER to move the cursor to OK, then press QUICK
TIMER.
EJECT
The Quick Timer indicator lights up and the video TV enters the
timer recording standby mode.
PIC MODE
QUICK TIMER 27 SAT 20:00
START PROG
QUICK TIMER
QUICK TIMER
TIMER REC
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
TAPE SPEED
REC
INDEX
27SAT 23:15 1H15M 12
PAUSE
TAPE SPEED : SP
PUSH
PUSH
OK
CHANGE CLEAR
REW
FF
PLAY
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET
t
GAME
QUICK TIMER
Press QUICK TIMER.
QUICK TIMER 27 SAT 20:00
1
2
QUICK TIMER
When the TV is in standby
mode (the indicator on
the video TV is lit in red),
the power is turned on
automatically.
START
PROG
27SAT 20:00 0H15M 12
TAPE SPEED : SP
PUSH
OK
CHANGE CLEAR
SELECT ENTER
Press TAPE SPEED to select
the tape speed, SP or LP.
EP cannot be selected
when making timer
recordings.
TAPE SPEED
continued
22
Basic Operations 23
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Re co rd in g TV p ro g ra m s (co n t in u e d )
Changing or canceling the Quick Timer settings
The QUICK TIMER button changes the follow ing w hen turned clockw ise
or counterclockw ise
• When setting the start time:
The hour increases or decreases by one hour.
The minutes increase or decrease by one minute.
• The recording time period:
Increases or decreases by 15 minutes.
• The program position changes as follows:
1... y 8... y 12... y t1 y t2 y 0 y 1
Press QUICK TIMER.
QUICK TIMER 27 SAT 20:00
Programmed as below
1
QUICK TIMER
START
PROG
The QUICK TIMER display
appears.
27SAT 23:15 1H15M 12
TAPE SPEED : SP
PUSH
OK
CHANGE CLEAR
SELECT ENTER
Change the settings:
2
If the QUICK TIMER button is pressed
• When the Quick Timer is not set:
The display for setting the Quick Timer appears.
(1) Turn QUICK TIMER to move the cursor to CHANGE, then
press QUICK TIMER.
• When the Quick Timer is set:
(2) Change the settings according to steps 2 through 7 of
“Recording using QUICK-TIMER” on pages 22 and 23.
The display for checking the Quick Timer appears.
• When the clock is not set:
The CLOCK SET display appears.
To cancel the Quick Timer settings
Note
Turn QUICK TIMER to move the cursor to CLEAR, then press
QUICK TIMER.
• When you turn QUICK TIMER to move the cursor to OK and then press
it, one of the following messages may appear depending on the cassette
used. If a message appears, the recording is canceled.
- Put in a tape. The program recording is canceled.
Note
- Put in a tape with safety tab. The program recording is canceled.
- Tape ran out. The program recording is canceled.
• You cannot cancel the Quick Timer settings with the remote control.
Insert a cassette for recording, rewind the tape and press QUICK TIMER
again.
continued
Basic Operations 25
24
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Re co rd in g TV p ro g ra m s (co n t in u e d )
Set the recording start time, recording stop time, program
position/input (1 or 2) and tape speed in the same way as in
step 2.
3
4
Re co rd in g TV p ro g ra m s u sin g t h e t im e r
You can preset up to five programs within a one-month period.
Press ENTER.
PROGRAM LIST 27 SAT 20:00
DATE START STOP PRG
Before you begin
The cursor appears at OK.
28 SUN 21:00 22:00
6
SP
• When the TV is in standby mode (the indicator on the video TV
is lit in red), press / , PROGR +/– or a number button on the
remote control.
• Make sure that the clock is set correctly. If it is not, see “Setting the
clock” on page 9.
For daily and weekly
recording, see “Daily/
weekly recording” below.
PLAY
ENTER
OK
NEXT CHANGE CLEAR
SET ENTER
SELECT
• Make sure that the loaded cassette has its safety tab intact.
• Make sure that the video TV does not enter the timer recording
standby mode (the Quick Timer indicator on the video TV should
not be lit.)
Press < or , to move the cursor to NEXT for other programs,
5
6
then press ENTER. Repeat steps 2 through 4.
Press < or , to move the cursor to OK after setting your
desired programs, then press ENTER.
EJECT
The TIMER REC indicator lights up and the video TV enters timer
recording standby mode.
Setting the timer
/
Example: How to record a program
broadcast on program position 6 from
21:00 to 22:00 on Sunday, 28th
November 1999.
PIC MODE
TIMER REC
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
TIMER REC
ON/OFF
REC
INDEX
If you have made a mistake during timer setting
Press < to go back to the previous position and correct the setting.
PAUSE
REW
FF
PLAY
ENTER
M/,/m/</ENTER
Daily/w eekly recording
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET
You can preset your video TV to record the same program every day
of the week (daily recording) or the same program on the same day
every week (weekly recording). Press m in step 2 until the desired
setting appears in the “DATE” position. With each press, the setting
changes as follows:
PROGRAM LIST 27 SAT 20:00
DATE START STOP
27SAT
Press TIMER REC.
1
– –:
– – – –
:
– – P–R–GSP
TIMER REC
OK
NEXT CHANGE CLEAR
SET ENTER
27 (today) t MON–SUN t MON–SAT t MON–FRI t
EVERY SAT t EVERY FRI t ... t EVERY SUN t 26 (next
month) ......
SELECT
Press M or m to set the
2
PROGRAM LIST 27 SAT 20:00
DATE START STOP PRG
28SUN
date , then press ,.
To stop timer recording
– –:– – – –:– – – – SP
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
Press ON/OFF.
OK
NEXT CHANGE CLEAR
SET ENTER
SELECT
Using the video TV before timer recording starts
Press ON/OFF to turn off the TIMER REC indicator on the front of
the video TV.
Remember to press ON/OFF again to make the TIMER REC
continued
indicator light up after setting the recording time.
26
Basic Operations 27
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ad d it io n a l Op e ra t io n s
Re co rd in g TV p ro g ra m s (co n t in u e d )
Ad ju st in g t h e TV
PIC MODE
EJECT
Ch e ckin g /a d d in g /
ch a n g in g /ca n ce lin g
t h e t im e r se t t in g s
TIMER REC
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
TIMER REC
REC
INDEX
PAUSE
PIC MODE
TIMER REC
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
REW
FF
M/,/m/</ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
REC
INDEX
PAUSE
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET
REW
FF
PLAY
ENTER
M/,/m/</ENTER
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET
Press TIMER REC.
1
PROGRAM LIST 27 SAT 20:00
Programmed as below
t
GAME
MENU
To exit the PROGRAM
LIST after checking the
settings, skip steps 2 and 3.
DATE START STOP PRG
28 SUN 21:00 22:00
29 MON 1:30 3:00
6
SP
TIMER REC
79 LP
·
MON SAT 18:50 19:00
2
1
SP
LP
Ad ju st in g t h e vo lu m e — INTELLIGENT VOL
EVERY TUE21:00 23:30
Some programs are broadcast at different volume levels. By setting
this function to ON, the volume level is stabilized and sudden
changes in volume can be prevented.
To add, change or clear the
settings, follow steps 2
through 4.
OK
ADD
CHANGE CLEAR
SET ENTER
SELECT
Press MENU.
1
2
3
4
Press < or , to move the cursor to ADD, CHANGE or CLEAR,
2
3
then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
To add new settings
Follow steps 2 through 4 of “Setting the timer” on page 26.
Make sure TV SET UP is selected, then press ENTER.
To change the settings
Press M or m to move the cursor to the setting you want to change,
then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select
INTELLIGENT VOL , then
press ENTER.
TV SET UP
3
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL PROGRAM
SKIP : PR 01 OFF
TV SYS : B/G
Follow steps 2 through 4 of “Setting the timer” on page 26.
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
The selected item turns red.
COL SYS : AUTO
To clear the settings
Press M or m to move the cursor to the setting you want to clear,
then press ENTER.
INTELLIGENT VOL : OFF
SELECT
ENTER
The setting is cleared and “--” appears.
Press M or m to select ON,
then press ENTER.
5
TV SET UP
3
Press < or , to move the cursor to OK, then press ENTER.
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL PROGRAM
SKIP : PR 01 OFF
TV SYS : B/G
4
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
If there are other timer settings on the list, the video TV enters the
timer recording standby mode and the TIMER REC indicator
lights up. The PROGRAM LIST disappears.
COL SYS : AUTO
INTELLIGENT VOL : ON
SELECT
ENTER
When the timer settings overlap
The second program starts recording only after the first program
has finished.
To return to the normal screen
continued
Press MENU.
Additional Operations
28
29
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ad ju st in g t h e TV (co n t in u e d )
If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the
appropriate TV system.
7
8
Pre se t t in g ch a n n e ls m a n u a lly
(1) Press M or m to select TV SYS, then press ENTER.
Preset the channels manually if you want to select channels that
were not set automatically or if you want to allocate program
numbers to channels one by one.
(2) Press M or m until the sound becomes normal, then press ENTER.
If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you
may be able to improve them by using the FINE tuning feature.
Press MENU.
1
2
3
4
(1) Press M or m to select
FINE, then press ENTER.
The selected item turns red.
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
(2) Press M or m to select
MANUAL, then press
ENTER.
Make sure TV SET UP is selected, then press ENTER.
(3) Press M or m until the
picture and sound quality
are optimal, then press
ENTER.
Press M or m to select
MANUAL PROGRAM, then
press ENTER.
MANUAL PROGRAM
PR : 01
TV SYS : B/G
CH : 01
FINE : MANUAL
3
MANUAL PROGRAM
PR : 01
TV SYS : B/G
CH : 01
FINE : AUTO
3
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
FINE tuning can be set
between –15 and +15.
SELECT
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
Select the program number to which you want to assign a
channel number.
5
6
To return to the normal screen
(1) Make sure PR is selected, then press ENTER.
Press MENU.
(2) Press M or m until the program number you want to preset
appears on the menu, then press ENTER.
You can also select the program number with the PROGR +/– or
number buttons.
Select the desired channel.
(1) Press M or m to select CH, then press ENTER.
(2) Press M or m until the desired channel number appears on the
menu, then press ENTER.
You can also select the channel number directly with the number buttons.
Press C (once for regular channels, twice for cable channels), the desired
number buttons, then ENTER.
continued
Additional Operations
30
31
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ad ju st in g t h e TV (co n t in u e d )
Ad ju st in g t h e TV syst e m
If the sound of some channels is abnormal, select the appropriate
TV system for your area.
Skip p in g p ro g ra m p o sit io n s
You can skip unused program positions when selecting a program
with the PROGR +/– buttons. However, the skipped programs may
still be called up when you select them with the number buttons.
Press MENU.
1
2
3
4
5
Press MENU.
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
Make sure TV SET UP is selected, then press ENTER.
Make sure TV SET UP is selected, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select TV SYS, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select SKIP, then press ENTER.
Press M or m until the
appropriate TV system
appears on the menu,
TV SET UP
3
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL PROGRAM
SKIP : PR 01 OFF
TV SYS : D/K
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
Press M or m until the program position which you want to skip
appears on the menu, then press ENTER.
then press ENTER.
COL SYS : AUTO
INTELLIGENT VOL : OFF
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select ON,
then press ENTER.
TV SET UP
3
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL PROGRAM
SKIP : PR 07 ON
TV SYS : B/G
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
To return to the normal screen
COL SYS : AUTO
INTELLIGENT VOL : OFF
Press MENU.
SELECT
ENTER
Press ENTER and repeat steps 5 and 6 to skip other program
positions.
7
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
continued
Additional Operations
32
33
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ad ju st in g t h e TV (co n t in u e d )
Ch a n g in g t h e PICTURE MODE se t t in g
The PICTURE MODE menu allows you to adjust the picture quality.
Ad ju st in g t h e co lo r syst e m
Normally set the color system to AUTO. However, when the picture
has no color, manually select the appropriate color system for your
area.
Press MENU.
1
2
Press M or m to select
then press ENTER.
,
Press MENU.
PICTURE MODE
3
1
2
3
4
5
·
DYNAMIC
·
STANDARD
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
·
SOFT
·
PERSONAL
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
ADJUST
SELECT
ENTER
Make sure TV SET UP is selected, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select
ADJUST , then press
ENTER.
3
PERSONAL ADJUST
3
Press M or m to select COL SYS, then press ENTER.
PICTURE
COLOR
BLIGHT
HUE
80
50
50
00
50
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
SHARP
Press M or m until the
appropriate color system
appears, then press
TV SET UP
3
SELECT
ENTER
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL PROGRAM
SKIP : PR 01 OFF
TV SYS : D/K
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
ENTER.
COL SYS : PAL
INTELLIGENT VOL : OFF
Press M or m to select the desired item, then press ENTER.
4
5
SELECT
ENTER
The adjustment bar for the selected item appears at the bottom of the
screen.
Adjust the value according to the following table, then press
ENTER.
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
For
Press m to
Press M to
PICTURE
COLOR
BRIGHT
HUE*
decrease picture contrast
decrease color intensity
darken the picture
increase red picture tones
soften the picture
increase picture contrast
increase color intensity
brighten the picture
increase green picture tones
sharpen the picture
SHARP
*You can adjust HUE for the NTSC color system only.
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
continued
Additional Operations
34
35
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ad ju st in g t h e TV (co n t in u e d )
Ta p e o p t io n s
Ad ju st in g t h e a lig n m e n t o f
t h e p ict u re
The picture may be out of alignment due
to influence from the earth’s magnetic
field in relation to the position of the TV.
You can adjust the angle of the picture if
it is not aligned to the TV screen.
Ad ju st in g t h e t ra ckin g
EJECT
Adjusting the tracking automatically
The tracking condition is automatically adjusted when this function
is set to AUTO.
PIC MODE
TIMER REC
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
REC
INDEX
PAUSE
Adjusting the tracking manually
REW
FF
M/,/m/</ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
If streaks or snow noise appear during normal playback, adjust the
tracking.
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET
Press MENU in playback mode.
t
GAME
MENU
1
2
3
1
2
3
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
Press MENU.
1
Press M or m to select
VIDEO SET UP, then press
ENTER.
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : AUTO
3
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
2
3
Press M or m to select PIC
ROTATION, then press
ENTER.
SELECT
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
Make sure TRACKING is selected, then press ENTER.
4
5
PIC ROTATION
TRACKING
Press M or m to select
MANUAL, then press
ENTER.
Press M or m to align the picture’s position, then press ENTER.
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
4
NORMAL TRACKING
The tracking meter appears
on the screen.
SET
ENTER
Press < or , to reduce picture noise, then press ENTER.
6
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
continued
Additional Operations
36
37
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ta p e o p t io n s (co n t in u e d )
Pla yin g a t a p e re p e a t e d ly
You can play the recorded portion of a tape repeatedly.
Ad ju st in g w it h Ad a p t ive Pict u re Co n t ro l (APC)
This function allows you to improve playback and recording quality
Press MENU.
automatically according to the condition of the video tape.
This function is set to ON at the factory. To maintain better picture
quality, it is advisable to leave the function on. The APC function
works on all types of tapes, even on rental tapes.
1
2
3
4
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
To change the setting
Press M or m to select VIDEO SET UP, then press ENTER.
Press MENU.
1
2
Press M or m to select
AUTO REPEAT, then press
ENTER.
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
3
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : AUTO
The selected item turns
red.
Press M or m to select VIDEO SET UP, then press ENTER.
3
4
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select
APC, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select ON,
then press ENTER.
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : AUTO
3
5
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
AUTO REPEAT : ON
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : AUTO
3
The selected item turns red.
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select
OFF, then press ENTER.
5
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : OFF
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : AUTO
3
Press MENU to return to the normal screen.
6
7
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
Press PLAY
.
SELECT
ENTER
Playback starts. When the
tape reaches its end, the
video TV rewinds the tape
to the beginning, then
plays it again.
PLAY
ENTER
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
continued
Additional Operations
38
39
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ta p e o p t io n s (co n t in u e d )
Wh e n co n n e ct in g t o a So n y VCR
If you use this video TV with another Sony VCR, the remote control
Ad ju st in g t h e p ict u re fo r re n t a l t a p e s
may accidentally operate both the video TV and VCR at the same
time. To prevent this from happening, set VHS to SONY so that the
remote control operates only this video TV.
If you are not satisfied with the picture quality while playing a tape,
even when APC is on, set RENTAL to ON. It is recommended to
use this function when watching rental tapes.
Press MENU.
1
2
3
4
Press MENU.
1
2
3
4
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select VIDEO SET UP, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select VIDEO SET UP, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select
VHS, then press ENTER.
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : AUTO
3
Press M or m to select
RENTAL, then press
ENTER.
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : AUTO
3
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
The selected item turns red.
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
The selected item turns red.
SELECT
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select
SONY, then press ENTER.
5
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
3
Press M or m to select ON,
then press ENTER.
5
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : ON
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : AUTO
3
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : SONY
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
COL SYS : AUTO
SELECT
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
To return to the normal screen
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
Press MENU.
continued
Additional Operations
40
41
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ta p e o p t io n s (co n t in u e d )
Sw it ch in g o ff
a u t o m a t ica lly
—SLEEP
EJECT
/
Se t t in g t h e co lo r syst e m
Normally set COL SYS in the menu to AUTO. If streaks appear
during playback, set COL SYS to correspond to the system that the
tape was recorded in.
PIC MODE
TIMER REC
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
REC
INDEX
You can automatically switch the video
TV into standby mode after a selected
time period.
PAUSE
Press MENU.
REW
FF
PLAY
ENTER
1
2
3
4
5
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
t
GAME
Press M or m to select VIDEO SET UP, then press ENTER.
Press
.
Press M or m to select COL SYS, then press ENTER.
With each press, the time
period (in minutes)
changes as illustrated.
Press M or m until the corresponding color system appears,
then press ENTER.
One minute before the TV
switches into standby
mode, the message “SLEEP
TIMER: 1M” is displayed
on the screen.
Select the same color
system that the tape was
recorded in.
OFF
30M
60M
90M
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : PAL
3
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
To cancel the timer
Press to select OFF or press / to turn on the power.
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
Additional Operations
42
43
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Sw it ch in g o n
a u t o m a t ica lly
— ON TIMER
Press M or m to set the source to be switched on, then press
9
EJECT
ENTER.
The SOURCE changes as follows.
PIC MODE
TV PROG t VCR
(video playback)
TIMER REC
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
REC
INDEX
R
You can preset your video TV to
automatically switch on at a desired
time. You can select the TV program,
video playback or input source to be
switched on.
PAUSE
If you select TV PROG, press M or m to change the channel
numbers. Then press ENTER again.
M/,/m/</ENTER
REW
FF
PLAY
ENTER
Press M or m to select ON TIMER, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to set ON TIMER to ON, then press ENTER.
Press MENU to return to the normal screen.
10
11
12
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET
MENU
t
GAME
Press MENU.
1
The
indicator on the video TV lights up.
Press M or m to select , then press ENTER.
2
3
4
Make sure ON TIMER SET is selected, then press ENTER.
To cancel the on-timer function
In step 11, press M or m to set ON TIMER to OFF, then press
ENTER.
The indicator on the video TV turns off.
Make sure that the cursor appears at DAY, then press ENTER.
The selected item turns red.
Press M, m, < or , to
5
set the timer on (✓) or off
ON TIMER SET
DAY :
3
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
_
_
_
_ _
(–) for each day of the
week.
PLAY
TIME : 10:00
SOURCE : TV PROG 12
ON TIMER : ON
ENTER
SELECT ENTER
Press M or m to select TIME, then press ENTER.
6
7
8
Press M or m to set the on-time hour and minute, then press
ENTER.
Press M or m to select SOURCE, then press ENTER.
Additional Operations
44
45
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Co n n e ct in g o p t io n a l e q u ip m e n t
Se a rch in g u sin g
t h e in d e x
fu n ct io n
EJECT
Wa t ch in g a n d re co rd in g t h e p ict u re in p u t fro m
o p t io n a l e q u ip m e n t
PIC MODE
TIMER REC
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
To connect a video camera
REC
INDEX
INDEX
STOP
/
The video TV marks the tape with an
index signal at the point where each
recording begins. Use these signals as
references to find a specific recording.
This video TV can search up to 99 index
signals ahead of or behind the current
position.
PAUSE
REW
FF
PLAY
ENTER
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET
t
GAME
to audio
output
to video
output
Insert an indexed tape.
1
Press INDEX
/
t 2/GAME IN 9
2
t 2/GAME
IN
repeatedly to specify how
many index signals ahead
or behind you want to
search.
VMC-710M/720M
(not supplied)
INDEX
INDEX
SEARCH
5
To search ahead, press
INDEX
To search backwards, press
INDEX
.
To connect a VCR
.
The video TV starts searching and the index number on the TV
screen counts down to zero. Playback starts automatically from
that point.
to video
output
to audio
output
To stop searching
Press STOP
t 1/
.
t 1/9
continued
Additional Operations
46
47
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Co n n e ct in g o p t io n a l e q u ip m e n t (co n t in u e d )
To connect a video game
To w atch the video input signal
Press t so that t1 or t2 appears on the screen.
EJECT
1
PIC MODE
TIMER REC
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
REC
INDEX
PAUSE
t 2/GAME IN 9
t 2/GAME
IN
REW
FF
PLAY
ENTER
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET
t
GAME
t
To display the video game screen
Press GAME when the video TV is in standby mode.
EJECT
GAME
PIC MODE
TIMER REC
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
REC
INDEX
PAUSE
REW
FF
PLAY
ENTER
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET
t
GAME
GAME
To sw itch to a TV program
Press the number button on the remote control, PROGR +/– or t
on the video TV or remote control.
To sw itch to the VCR
Press the PLAY
a cassette is in the video TV.
button on the video TV or remote control when
Additional Operations
48
49
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ad d it io n a l In fo rm a t io n
Se lf-d ia g n o sis fu n ct io n
Tro u b le sh o o t in g
Your video TV is equipped with a self-diagnosis function. If there is
a problem with your video TV, the indicator flashes in red. The
number of times the indicator flashes indicates the possible causes.
If you have any problems while viewing your video TV, please
check the following troubleshooting guide. If the problem persists,
contact your Sony dealer.
Solutions
Symptom
TV section
Possible cause
Check the AC power cord and the
antenna connections.
The power cord or antenna
is not connected.
No picture/No sound
The video TV is not turned
on.
Press / on the video TV. If the
standby indicator ( ) is lit in red,
press / or a program number
button on the remote control.
Good picture/No sound
The volume level is too
low.
Press
level.
+ to increase the volume
The sound is muted.
Press
to cancel the muting.
indicator
Headphones are connected
to i (headphones) jack.
Disconnect the headphones.
No color or poor color
Adjust PICTURE, COLOR and
BRIGHT in the PERSONAL
ADJUST menu. (page 35)
The color level setting is
too low.
Check that the
intervals of 3 seconds.
indicator flashes red once or more in
1
The picture setting is
inappropriate.
Press PIC MODE to switch the
picture setting. (page 15)
Count the number of times the indicator flashes.
Press / to turn off your video TV.
2
3
4
The color system setting is Display the TV SET UP menu and
inappropriate.
check the color system (COL SYS)
setting. (page 34)
Inform your nearest Sony service facility about the number of
times the indicator flashes.
The antenna direction,
position and angle need
adjustment.
Adjust the antenna direction,
position and angle. Contact a Sony
dealer for advice.
Be sure to note the model name and serial number located on the
rear of your video TV.
Double images or “ghosts” Broadcast signals are
reflected by nearby
Use a highly directional antenna.
mountains or buildings.
The antenna direction,
position and angle need
adjustment.
Adjust the antenna direction,
position and angle. Contact a Sony
dealer for advice.
No picture/No sound from
video input sources
The connecting cord
between the video TV and
the input sources is
disconnected.
Check the connection between the
video TV and the input sources.
Input is not selected
correctly.
Press t so that “t1” or “t2”
appears. (page 48)
continued
Additional Information
50
51
Additional Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tro u b le sh o o t in g (co n t in u e d )
Symptom
Possible cause
Solutions
Symptom
Possible cause
Solutions
Good picture/Abnormal
sound
Playback section
The TV system setting is
inappropriate.
• If the sound of all the channels
is abnormal, display the TV SET
UP menu and select the
appropriate TV system (TV
SYS), then preset the channels
again. (pages 11 and 12)
• If the sound of some channels is
abnormal, display the MANUAL
PROGRAM menu in the TV SET
UP menu and select the
The safety device has been Switch off, disconnect the AC
Power is on, but the tape
does not run.
activated.
power cord, and leave the set for
about one minute.
Poor playback picture
The color system setting is Display VIDEO SET UP and set
inappropriate.
the color system (COL SYS) to the
setting corresponding to the color
system that the tape is recorded in.
(page 42)
appropriate TV system (TV SYS)
(page 30).
The tracking condition is
inappropriate.
Adjust the tracking manually.
(page 37)
Snowy picture/Abnormal
sound
Check the antenna cable and
connection on the video TV and at
the wall.
The connection is loose or
the cable is damaged.
Clean the video heads using the
Sony T-25CLD, T-25CLDR, or T-
25CLW video head cleaning
cassette (not supplied). If these
cleaning cassettes are not available
in your area, have the heads
cleaned at your nearest Sony
service facility (a standard service
fee will be charged). Do not use
any commercially available liquid
type cleaning cassettes other than
Sony’s, as it may damage the video
heads.
The video heads are dirty.
The channel presetting is
inappropriate or
incomplete.
Display the TV SET UP menu and
select MANUAL PROGRAM to
manually preset the channel again.
The antenna type is
inappropriate.
Check the antenna type (VHF/
UHF). Contact a Sony dealer for
advice.
The antenna direction,
position and angle need
adjustment.
Adjust the antenna direction,
position and angle. Contact a Sony
dealer for advice.
The video heads may have to be
replaced. Contact a Sony dealer for
advice.
The video heads may be
worn out.
Dotted lines or stripes
Abnormal color patches
• Do not use a hair dryer or other
equipment near the video TV.
• Adjust the antenna direction,
position and angle for minimum
interference. Contact a Sony
dealer for advice.
There is local interference
from cars, neon signs, hair
dryers, power generators,
etc.
The tape is worn out.
The tape is defective.
Use a new tape.
Use a new tape.
The sound drops out.
There is magnetic
disturbance from external
speakers or other
equipment.
Locate external speakers or other
equipment away from the video
Symptoms caused by contaminated video heads
TV. Press
/
on the video TV to
• No picture (or
black & w hite
screen appears)
• Normal picture
• Rough picture
•Unclear picture
turn off the video TV for about five
minutes, then turn on again.
Clock and timer section
Re-set the clock and timer settings.
(page 9)
The clock has
stopped and “--:--” is
displayed.
The power has been
interrupted or the AC
power cord is disconnected.
initial
contamination
terminal
t
continued
Additional Information
52
53
Additional Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tro u b le sh o o t in g (co n t in u e d )
Id e n t ifyin g p a rt s a n d co n t ro ls
Symptom
Possible cause
Solutions
Refer to the pages indicated in parentheses ( ) for details.
Recording section
Cover the safety tab hole with
adhesive tape, or use another
cassette with its safety tab intact.
The cassette is ejected The safety tab of the cassette has
when you press REC been removed.
.
Fro n t p a n e l
No cassette has been inserted.
Cannot record.
Insert a cassette with its safety tab
intact.
The tape is at its end.
Rewind the tape.
Timer recording
section
Cannot program a
recording using the
timer.
The clock has not been set.
Set the current time and date.
(page 9)
The cassette is ejected The safety tab of the cassette has
when you press ON/ been removed.
OFF.
Cover the tab hole with adhesive
tape, or use another cassette with
its safety tab in place.
The TIMER REC
Insert a cassette with its safety tab
intact.
No cassette has been inserted.
indicator does not
light up even though
you press ON/OFF.
EJECT
STOP REW
–PLAY–
FF PAUSE
REC
The tape is at its end.
Rewind the tape.
Set the program for timer
recording. (pages 26 through 27)
No setting is made for timer
recording.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Timer recording was • You did not press ON/OFF.
not made.
• There has been a power
interruption.
—
1 i (headphones) jack
4 Tape transport buttons
Others
STOP button (17, 20)
2 t2/GAME IN jacks ( (video)/9
A cassette cannot be
inserted.
Another cassette is already
inserted.
Press EJECT to eject the cassette.
Replace the batteries. (page 4)
REW
PLAY
/
button (17)
button (17)
button (17)
(audio)) (47, 48)
3 TUNER PRESET ON/OFF button
The batteries are low.
FF
/
The remote control
does not work.
(12, 13)
PAUSE button (17, 20)
REC button (20)
The batteries are installed
incorrectly.
Install the batteries with correct
polarities. (page 4)
5 Cassette compartment
Changes in room temperature
sometimes make the TV cabinet
expand or contract, causing a
noise. This does not indicate a
malfunction.
TV cabinet creaks.
6 EJECT button (17)
—
—
The video TV’s demagnetizing
function is working. This does not
indicate a malfunction.
A small “boom”
sound is heard when
the video TV is
turned on.
continued
Additional Information
54
55
Additional Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Id e n t ifyin g p a rt s a n d co n t ro ls (co n t in u e d )
Re m o t e co n t ro l
1
5
6
7
EJECT
EJECT
2
qs
qd
qf
PIC MODE
PIC MODE
TIMER REC
TIMER REC
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
qh
qj
REC
INDEX
REC
INDEX
PAUSE
PAUSE
REW
FF
8
REW
FF
PLAY
ENTER
PLAY
ENTER
qk
ql
STOP
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET
MENU COUNTER RESET
t
GAME
t
GAME
9
q;
3
4
qg
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
6
9
7
7
qh
-/--
-/--
C
C
TIMER REC
REC
QUICK TIMER
PROGR
PROGR
qj
qk
GAME
PROGR
t
PUSH
qa
q
7 8
9
q;
qa qs qd qf qg
1
(muting) button (15)
2 EJECT button (17)
3 t (input select) button (48)
qs TIMER REC (recording) button (26)
qd TAPE SPEED button (19)
qf REC (recording) button (20)
qg COUNTER RESET button (18)
7 GAME button (13, 49)
8 t (input select) button (48)
(volume) +/– buttons (15)
qf (standby) indicator (14)
4
5
(volume) +/– buttons (15)
(display) button (16, 18)
qg Remote control sensor
qh ON/OFF button (for timer
9
qh TIMER REC (recording) indicator
recording) (27)
6 / (power/standby) button (14)
(27)
q; PROGR +/– buttons (14)
qj INDEX
/
button (46)
7 PIC MODE (picture mode) button
qj REC (recording) indicator (20)
qa QUICK TIMER (22, 23)
Indicator
qk Tape transport buttons
(15)
qk ?/ (power/standby) switch (14)
PAUSE button (17, 20)
8 Menu operation buttons (26)
MENU button
Rotary button
qs
(ON TIMER) indicator (44)
REW
/
button (17)
qd w (VCR) indicator (20)
V/B/v/b buttons
STOP button (17, 20)
ENTER button
FF
/
button (17)
button (17)
9 GAME button (49)
q; Number buttons (19)
qa PROGR +/– buttons (19)
PLAY
ql
(SEEEP TIMER) button (43)
continued
Additional Information
56
57
Additional Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-2. KV-VF21M77
Ge t t in g St a rt e d
St e p 2: In st a llin g t h e vid e o TV
St e p 1: Pre p a ra t io n
Ch e ck t h e su p p lie d a cce sso rie s
Se cu re t h e vid e o TV
When you have taken everything out of the carton, check that you
have these items:
• Remote control
• Two R6 (size AA) batteries
• Stabilizer band
• Two clamps
• Two wood screws
• These operating instructions
To prevent the video TV from falling, secure it using one of the
following methods:
With the supplied screw s, attach the stabilizer band to the TV stand and to
the rear of the video TV using the existing hole.
A
OR
In se rt t h e b a t t e rie s in t o t h e re m o t e co n t ro l
Pass a cord or chain through the clamps and secure them to the rear of the
B
video TV and a w all or pillar.
20
mm
Note
3.8 mm
• Do not use old batteries or different types of batteries together.
B
A
4
Getting Started
5
Getting Started
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
St e p 4: Se le ct in g
t h e la n g u a g e
St e p 3: Co n n e ct in g t h e a n t e n n a
For better TV reception and clear recordings, connect an outdoor
antenna to your video TV.
You can change the menu and on-screen
information language to Chinese.
EJECT
Co n n e ct in g a n o u t d o o r a n t e n n a
Z
?/1
To connect a VHF antenna or a combination VHF/UHF
antenna—75-ohm coaxial cable (round)
PIC MODE
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
zREC
INDEX
Attach an IEC antenna connector to the 75-ohm coaxial cable.
Plug the connector into the 8 (antenna) socket of the video TV.
.
>
X PAUSE
REW
m
FF
M
M/,/m/</
ENTER
PLAY
H
ENTER
Rear
VHF/UHF
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
antenna
On a w all
t
GAME
MENU
?/1
Press ?/1 to turn on the
video TV.
1
or
When the TV is in standby
mode (the 1 indicator on
the video TV is lit in red),
press ?/1 , PROGR +/– or
a number button on the
remote control.
To connect both VHF and UHF antennas
Attach the antenna cable ends to the VHF/UHF mixer (not
supplied).
Plug the mixer into the 8 (antenna) socket of the video TV.
Press MENU.
UHF antenna
VHF antenna
2
PICTURE MODE
3
MENU
·
DYNAMIC
·
STANDARD
Rear
·
SOFT
·
PERSONAL
ADJUST
300-ohm tw in-lead cable
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select
then press ENTER.
,
3
SET UP
3
75-ohm coaxial cable
TV SET UP
VIDEO SET UP
PLAY
PLAY
VHF/UHF mixer
(not supplied)
H
H
LANGUAGE/
:ENGLISH
ENTER
ENTER
PIC ROTATION
SELECT
ENTER
continued
6
Getting Started
7
Getting Started
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
St e p 4: Se le ct in g t h e la n g u a g e (co n t in u e d )
St e p 5: Se t t in g
t h e clo ck
EJECT
Z
Press M or m to select
LANGUAGE/
press ENTER.
PIC MODE
4
SET UP
TV SET UP
VIDEO SET UP
LANGUAGE/
PIC ROTATION
3
TIMER REC G-CODE
, then
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
PLAY
PLAY
You need to set the clock to use timer
recording, Quick-Timer recording and
on-timer functions.
zREC
INDEX
H
H
:ENGLISH
ENTER
ENTER
.
>
The selected item turns
red.
X PAUSE
REW
m
FF
M
SELECT
ENTER
PLAY
M/,/m/</
ENTER
H
ENTER
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
5
t
GAME
MENU
The menu language changes to Chinese.
Press MENU.
1
PICTURE MODE
3
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
·
DYNAMIC
MENU
·
STANDARD
·
SOFT
·
PERSONAL
ADJUST
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select
,
2
3
TIMER
ON TIMER SET
CLOCK SET
3
then press ENTER.
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select
CLOCK SET , then press
ENTER.
CLOCK SET
31.12.1999 FRI 10:00
3
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
Press ENTER.
4
5
The day section turns red.
Press M or m to set the
day, then press ,.
CLOCK SET
3
27.12.1999 MON 10:00
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
The month section turns
red.
ENTER
ENTER
SELECT ENTER
continued
8
Getting Started
9
Getting Started
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
St e p 5: Se t t in g t h e clo ck (co n t in u e d )
St e p 6: Se t t in g t h e ch a n n e ls
EJECT
Press M, m or , to set the month, year, hour and minutes in
Pre se t t in g ch a n n e ls
a u t o m a t ica lly
You can preset up to 100 channels.
6
Z
the same way as in step 5, then press ENTER.
PIC MODE
The clock starts working.
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
zREC
INDEX
Automatic presetting is the easiest way
to setup your video TV if you want to
preset all receivable channels at once.
.
>
X PAUSE
To return to the normal screen
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
M/,/m/</
ENTER
H
Press MENU.
ENTER
To preset the channels manually, see
page 34.
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
If you have made a mistake w hile setting the clock
MENU
t
GAME
Press < to go back to the item to be changed and set the correct
digits using M or m, then press ,.
Press MENU.
1
PICTURE MODE
3
Note
·
DYNAMIC
MENU
·
STANDARD
• If power is interrupted or you disconnect the AC power cord, you have to
re-set the clock.
·
SOFT
·
PERSONAL
ADJUST
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select
,
2
3
4
then press ENTER.
SET UP
3
TV SET UP
VIDEO SET UP
PLAY
PLAY
LANGUAGE/
:ENGLISH
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
PIC ROTATION
SELECT
ENTER
Make sure TV SET UP is
selected, then press
ENTER.
TV SET UP
3
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL PROGRAM
SKIP : PR 01 OFF
TV SYS : B/G
PLAY
H
ENTER
COL SYS : AUTO
INTELLIGENT VOL : OFF
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select TV
SYS, then press ENTER.
TV SET UP
3
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL PROGRAM
SKIP : PR 01 OFF
TV SYS : B/G
PLAY
PLAY
The selected item turns red.
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
COL SYS : AUTO
INTELLIGENT VOL : OFF
SELECT
Press M or m to select the
TV system (B/G, I, D/K or
M) and press ENTER.
ENTER
continued
10
Getting Started
11
Getting Started
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
St e p 6: Se t t in g t h e ch a n n e ls (co n t in u e d )
Press ?/1 to turn on the video TV.
1
When the TV is in standby mode (the 1 indicator on the video TV
is lit in red), press ?/1 , PROGR +/– or a number button on the
remote control.
Press M or m to select
5
AUTO PROGRAM
PR : 01
TV SYS : B/G
CH : 01
3
AUTO PROGRAM, then
press ENTER.
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
Press TUNER PRESET ON/OFF with a pointed object.
2
3
ENTER
Do not use an item (such as a pencil) that might break off when
inserted.
Presetting starts from program position 1. The preset program and channel
numbers are displayed on the screen in sequence.
When presetting is finished, program position 1 appears again. All available
channels are now stored on successive number buttons.
Press t to select the TV
TUNER PRESET
system of the channels
which you want to preset.
t
PR : 01
TV SYS : B/G
CH : 01
Press t
for system selection.
GAME to start.
Tip
• To stop automatic channel presetting, press MENU.
Press GAME.
GAME
4
Pre se t t in g ch a n n e ls a u t o m a t ica lly u sin g t h e
TUNER PRESET ON/OFF b u t t o n o n t h e vid e o TV
Presetting starts from program position 1. The preset program and
channel numbers are displayed on the screen in sequence.
When presetting is finished, program position 1 appears again. All
available channels are now stored on successive number buttons.
STOP REW
–PLAY–
FF PAUSE
REC
TIMER REC
REC
QUICK TIMER
m
M
x
H
X
GAME
2
PROGR
t
PUSH
q
GAME
TUNER PRESET
ON/OFF
t
?/1
12
Getting Started
13
Getting Started
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ba sic Op e ra t io n s
%
Wa t ch in g t h e TV
Additional tasks
To
EJECT
Press
Z
This section explains various functions
used while watching the TV. Most
operations can be done using the remote
control.
?/1
Turn off temporarily
?/1 on the remote control.
The 1 indicator on the video TV lights up in red.
PIC MODE
PIC MODE
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
Turn off the main power
?/1 on the video TV.
zREC
INDEX
The w indicator on the video TV lights up in orange.
.
>
X PAUSE
Adjust the volume
Mute the sound
2 +/–.
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
%.
H
ENTER
Watch the video input
(from a connected VCR,
camcorder, etc.)
t to select “t1” or “t2”(see page 53).
To return to the TV screen, press t again.
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
t
GAME
t
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
Selecting the picture mode
Press PIC MODE repeatedly until the desired picture mode is selected.
6
9
Number buttons
7
Select
To
-/--
C
2
PROGR
DYNAMIC
STANDARD
SOFT
receive high contrast pictures.
receive normal contrast pictures.
receive low contrast pictures.
2+/–
PROGR+/–
?/1
PROGR+/–
2+/–
PERSONAL
receive the latest picture settings from the ADJUST
option in the PICTURE MODE menu (see page 39).
Press ?/1 to turn on the
video TV.
1
2
When the TV is in standby
mode (the 1 indicator on
the video TV is lit in red),
press ?/1 on the remote
control.
Displaying on-screen information
Press
to display the following on-screen information.
To have the program number and channel number stay on the
screen, press
To make the information disappear, press
displayed on the screen.
again.
until no information is
Press PROGR +/– or the
number buttons to select
the TV channel.
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
6
PROGR
Program position
Channel number
12
C30
7
9
For double digit numbers,
press -, then the numbers
(e.g., for 25, press -, then
2 and 5).
MAIN
-/--
C
Selected sound
27.11 SAT
20:00
Current date and time
Note
• You can also select the channel number directly with the number buttons.
Press C (once for regular channels, twice for cable channels), the desired
number buttons, then ENTER.
14
Basic Operations 15
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Pla yin g a t a p e
Additional tasks
To
Press
This section shows you how to play a
tape. Other convenient functions you
can use while playing a tape are
stop playback
STOP x.
The video TV goes back to the normal TV picture.
stop playback for a moment
PAUSE X.
explained in “Additional Operations.”
Press PAUSE X again or press PLAY N to resume
playback.
EJECTZ
If you leave your video TV in pause mode, normal
playback resumes after about 5 minutes to prevent tape
damage.
EJECT
Z
?/1
search a tape at high speed
REW m
(rewind) or FF M
(fast-forward)
PIC MODE
TIMER REC G-CODE
during playback.
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
To resume normal playback, press PLAY N.
STOP x, then press FF M.
zREC
INDEX
.
>
X PAUSE
fast-forward the tape
rewind the tape
PAUSEX
FFM
STOP x, then press REW m.
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
H
PLAYN
ENTER
view the picture in fast-forward
or rewind mode
and hold FF M during fast-forward or REW m during
rewind.
When you release the button, fast-forward or rewind
mode is resumed.
STOPx
REWm
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
STOP REW
–
PLAY– FF PAUSE
COUNTER RESET
t
GAME
m
M
x
H
X
eject a cassette
EJECT Z.
?/1
PLAYN PAUSEX
REWm FFM
EJECTZ
STOPx
You can eject the cassette even if the power is off.
Protecting your cassette against accidental erasure
To prevent accidental erasure, break off the safety tab as illustrated.
Press ?/1 to turn on the video TV.
1
2
3
To record on a cassette without a safety tab, simply cover the tab
hole with adhesive tape.
When the TV is in standby mode (the 1 indicator on the video TV is lit in
red), skip this step.
Insert a cassette.
Adhesive tape
Safety tab
If you insert a cassette with its safety tab removed, playback starts
automatically.
Press PLAY N.
PLAY
Playback starts. On-screen
H
ENTER
information is displayed
for a few seconds.
Note
• The picture’s color may be affected when playing a MESECAM-recorded
tape in the LP mode.
continued
16
Basic Operations 17
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Pla yin g a t a p e (co n t in u e d )
Re co rd in g TV
p ro g ra m s
EJECT
?/1
Z
Disp la yin g o n -scre e n in fo rm a t io n
Press
to display the following on-screen information. To show
PIC MODE
TIMER REC G-CODE
only the amount of remaining tape and the linear tape counter on
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
Re co rd in g TV p ro g ra m s
TAPE SPEED
the screen, press
To make the information disappear, press
displayed on the screen.
again.
zREC
INDEX
RECz
.
>
until no information is
X PAUSE
PAUSEX
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
H
Amount of remaining tape
ENTER
STOPx
Beginning of the tape
End of the tape
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
S
E
t
GAME
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
M
Tape operation mode
6
9
Number
buttons
7
S
E
-/--
C
27.11 SAT
20:00
STOP REW –PLAY– FF PAUSE
REC
SP
2:05:10
2
PROGR
m
M
x
H
X
PROGR+/–
?/1
Linear tape counter
Tape speed
Current date
and time
PROGR+/–
STOPx
PAUSEX
RECz
Resetting the tape counter
The tape counter helps you to locate a certain scene after playback.
Press COUNTER RESET on the remote control to set the counter to
“0:00:00” before playing a tape. The tape counter is automatically
reset to zero whenever a cassette is inserted. The video TV keeps
counting the length of the tape being played. Note, however, that
the tape counter does not count the portions that do not contain any
recordings.
Press ?/1 to turn on the video TV.
1
If the TV is in standby mode (the 1 indicator on the video TV is lit in
red), the video TV will turn on automatically when a cassette is
inserted.
Insert a cassette with a safety tab.
2
3
Press PROGR+/– or the
number buttons to select
the program position.
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
6
PROGR
For double digit numbers,
press -, then press the
numbers (e.g., for 25, press
-, then 2 and 5).
7
9
-/--
C
Press TAPE SPEED to select
the tape speed.
4
TAPE SPEED
For details about the tape
speed, see “Selecting the
tape speed” on page 21.
continued
18
Basic Operations 19
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Re co rd in g TV p ro g ra m s (co n t in u e d )
Selecting the tape speed
The chart below shows the recording/playback time available in
each mode.
Press REC z.
5
zREC
The REC indicator lights
up and recording begins.
PAL, MESECAM
Tape speed setting
LP mode
Cassette tape
SP mode
30 min.
E-30
1 hr.
Note
E-60
1 hr.
2 hrs.
• You can also select the channel number directly with the number buttons.
E-90
1 hr 30 min.
2 hrs.
3 hrs.
Press C (once for regular channels, twice for cable channels), the desired
number buttons, then ENTER.
E-120
E-150
E-180
E-195
E-210
E-240
4 hrs.
2 hrs 30 min.
3 hrs.
5 hrs.
To stop recording
6 hrs.
Press STOP x.
When the tape reaches the end, the video TV rewinds the tape
automatically to the beginning, then stops. This function does not
work when the power of the video TV is off.
3 hrs 15 min.
3 hrs 30 min.
4 hrs.
6 hrs 30 min.
7 hrs.
8 hrs.
To pause recording
NTSC
You can cut out an unwanted scene during recording with this
button.
Tape speed setting
Cassette tape
SP mode
30 min.
1 hr.
EP mode
1 hr 30 min.
3 hrs.
1 Press PAUSE X when an unwanted scene appears on the screen.
Recording pauses.
T-30
T-60
2 Press PAUSE X again to release the pause mode at the end of the
unwanted scene.
Recording resumes from the point set in step 1.
T-120
T-160
T-180
2 hrs.
6 hrs.
2 hrs 40 min.
3 hrs.
8 hrs.
9 hrs.
When the recording pause mode lasts for about 5 minutes, the video
TV stops recording to prevent tape damage.
Notes
• In the SP mode, the tape runs twice as fast as the LP mode, and three
times as fast as the EP mode.
Recording w ith the TV off
Press ?/1 on the video TV.
The video TV is turned off and the w indicator lights up.
The video TV continues recording.
• When a PAL format cassette is used with the NTSC system for recording,
the actual recording time is shorter than the standard recording time
stipulated on the cassette.
continued
20
Basic Operations 21
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Re co rd in g TV p ro g ra m s (co n t in u e d )
Turn QUICK TIMER to set
the hour of the start time,
then press QUICK TIMER.
3
QUICK TIMER
QUICK TIMER
Re co rd in g u sin g QUICK-TIMER
The Quick-Timer recording function allows you to preset your video
TV to record one program within a 24-hour period. For setting the
Quick-Timer, use QUICK TIMER on the video TV.
The hour is set and the
minute of the start time
turns red.
PUSH
PUSH
Before you begin
• Make sure that the clock is set correctly. If it is not, see “Setting
the clock” on page 9.
• Make sure that the loaded cassette has its safety tab intact.
• Make sure that the video TV does not enter the timer recording
standby mode (the TIMER REC indicator on the video TV should
not be lit.)
Turn QUICK TIMER to set the minute of the start time, then
press QUICK TIMER.
4
5
6
Use the QUICK TIMER dial to set the recording time period and
program position in the same way as in step 3.
Press A/B to select the
sound mode MAIN or
SUB.
A/B
EJECT
Z
For details on the sound
mode, see “Selecting a
bilingual program” on
page 47.
PIC MODE
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
TAPE SPEED
zREC
INDEX
.
>
X PAUSE
Turn QUICK TIMER to move the cursor to OK, then press QUICK
TIMER.
7
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
H
ENTER
The Quick Timer indicator lights up and the video TV enters the
timer recording standby mode.
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
A/B
t
GAME
QUICK TIMER
QUICK TIMER 27 SAT 20:00
START PROG
QUICK TIMER
QUICK TIMER
27SAT 23:15 1H15M 12
TAPE SPEED : SP
A / B : MAIN
PUSH
PUSH
Press QUICK TIMER.
OK
CHANGE CLEAR
QUICK TIMER 27 SAT 20:00
1
2
QUICK TIMER
When the TV is in standby
mode (the 1 indicator on
the video TV is lit in red),
the power is turned on
automatically.
START
PROG
SELECT
ENTER
27SAT 20:00 0H15M 12
TAPE SPEED : SP
A / B : MAIN
PUSH
OK
CHANGE CLEAR
SELECT ENTER
Press TAPE SPEED to select
the tape speed, SP or LP.
EP cannot be selected
when making timer
recordings.
TAPE SPEED
continued
22
Basic Operations 23
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Re co rd in g TV p ro g ra m s (co n t in u e d )
Changing or canceling the Quick Timer settings
The QUICK TIMER button changes the follow ing w hen turned clockw ise
or counterclockw ise
• When setting the start time:
The hour increases or decreases by one hour.
The minutes increase or decrease by one minute.
• The recording time period:
Increases or decreases by 15 minutes.
• The program position changes as follows:
1... y 8... y 12... y t1 y t2 y 0 y1
Press QUICK TIMER.
QUICK TIMER 27 SAT 20:00
Programmed as below
1
QUICK TIMER
START
PROG
The QUICK TIMER display
appears.
27SAT 23:15 1H15M 12
TAPE SPEED : SP
A / B : MAIN
PUSH
OK
CHANGE CLEAR
SELECT ENTER
Change the settings:
2
If the QUICK TIMER button is pressed
• When the Quick Timer is not set:
The display for setting the Quick Timer appears.
(1) Turn QUICK TIMER to move the cursor to CHANGE, then
press QUICK TIMER.
• When the Quick Timer is set:
(2) Change the settings according to steps 2 through 7 of
“Recording using QUICK-TIMER” on pages 22 and 23.
The display for checking the Quick Timer appears.
• When the clock is not set:
The CLOCK SET display appears.
To cancel the Quick Timer settings
Note
Turn QUICK TIMER to move the cursor to CLEAR, then press
QUICK TIMER.
• When you turn QUICK TIMER to move the cursor to OK and then press
it, one of the following messages may appear depending on the cassette
used. If a message appears, the recording is canceled.
- Put in a tape. The program recording is canceled.
Note
- Put in a tape with safety tab. The program recording is canceled.
- Tape ran out. The program recording is canceled.
• You cannot cancel the Quick Timer settings with the remote control.
Insert a cassette for recording, rewind the tape and press QUICK TIMER
again.
continued
Basic Operations 25
24
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Re co rd in g TV p ro g ra m s (co n t in u e d )
Press MENU.
1
2
3
4
Re co rd in g TV p ro g ra m s u sin g t h e G-CODE syst e m
The G-CODE system allows you to simplify the task of program-
ming your video TV to make recordings with the timer. Whenever
you want to record a TV program, all you need to do is look up the
program’s G-CODE number, a number assigned to each program
published in the TV section of most newspapers and cable TV
listings. Then, just enter the tape speed, sound mode, and the G-
CODE number of the program that you want and the video TV is
automatically programmed to record that show.
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
Make sure TV SET UP is selected, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select
MANUAL PROGRAM, then
press ENTER.
MANUAL PROGRAM
PR : 01
TV SYS : B/G
CH : C08
3
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
FINE : AUTO
GUIDE CH : 01
Setting up the G-CODE system
Setting up your video TV involves coordinating the program
number (the number you turn to on your video TV to watch a
program) with the guide channel number (the number that’s
assigned to that channel in your program guide). For a listing of the
guide channel numbers, look in a program guide for your area that
features G-CODE numbers.
SELECT
ENTER
Make sure PR is selected, then press ENTER.
5
6
7
8
Press M or m to display the program number to which you want
to assign a guide channel number, then press ENTER.
Before you begin
Press M or m to select GUIDE CH, then press ENTER.
• When the TV is in standby mode (the 1 indicator on the video TV
is lit in red), press ?/1 , PROGR +/– or a number button on the
remote control.
Press M or m to select the
guide channel number
MANUAL PROGRAM
PR : 01
TV SYS : B/G
CH : C08
FINE : AUTO
GUIDE CH : 25
3
listed in a program guide
for your area, then press
ENTER.
EJECT
PLAY
PLAY
Z
?/1
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
PIC MODE
SELECT
ENTER
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
zREC
INDEX
.
>
X PAUSE
Press M or m to select PR, then press ENTER and repeat steps 6
through 8 to set the guide channel number of other channels.
9
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
M/,/m/</ENTER
H
ENTER
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
MENU
t
GAME
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
Note
• Do not change the CH (channel) settings here.
If you want to reassign the channel settings to the program numbers, see
“Presetting channels manually” on page 34.
continued
26
Basic Operations 27
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Re co rd in g TV p ro g ra m s (co n t in u e d )
Press TAPE SPEED to select the tape speed, SP or LP.
EP cannot be selected when making timer recordings.
2
3
Recording TV programs using the G-CODE system
Press the number buttons
G–CODE
27 SAT 20:00
to enter the program’s G-
CODE number.
G–CODE NO TAPE SPEED
1
4
7
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
Before you begin
[
1 2 3 1 9 – – – – SP]
]
[
• When the TV is in standby mode (the 1 indicator on the video TV
is lit in red), press ?/1 , PROGR +/– or a number button on the
remote control.
Set 0–9
• Make sure that the clock is set correctly. If it is not, see “Setting the
clock” on page 9.
and press
to enter
• Make sure that the loaded cassette has its safety tab intact.
• Make sure that the video TV does not enter the timer recording
standby mode (the QUICK TIMER indicator on the video TV
should not be lit.)
Press ENTER.
G–CODE
27 SAT 20:00
4
G–CODE NO TAPE SPEED
1 2 3 1 9 – – – – SP
The date, start and stop
times, program position,
tape speed and sound
mode appears on the TV
screen.
[
]
[
]
PLAY
DATE START STOP PRG A/B
28 SUN 21:00 22:00
H
ENTER
6SP MAIN
Set 0–9
and press
EJECT
to exit
?/1
Z
If you want to change the
sound mode, press A/B to
select MAIN or SUB.
PIC MODE
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
G-CODE
zREC
INDEX
ON/OFF
.
>
X PAUSE
TAPE SPEED
Repeat steps 2 through 4
to enter other settings.
5
6
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
H
ENTER
You can set up to five programs in a one month period using both
the G-CODE setting and the timer setting.
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
A/B
t
GAME
Press ENTER.
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
The TIMER REC indicator
PLAY
on the front of the video
TV lights up and the video
TV enters timer recording
standby mode.
H
Number buttons
6
9
ENTER
7
-/--
C
To stop timer recording
Press ON/OFF.
G–CODE
27 SAT 20:00
Press the G-CODE button.
1
G–CODE NO TAPE SPEED
[
– – – – – – – – – SP]
]
[
G-CODE
If you make a mistake entering the G-CODE number
Press < and re-enter the correct number.
Set 0–9
and press
to enter
To use the video TV before timer recording starts
See page 31.
To check/add/change/cancel the timer settings
See page 32.
continued
28
Basic Operations 29
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Re co rd in g TV p ro g ra m s (co n t in u e d )
Set the recording start time, recording stop time, program
position/input (1 or 2), tape speed and sound mode in the same
way as in step 2.
3
4
Re co rd in g TV p ro g ra m s u sin g t h e t im e r
You can preset up to five programs within a one-month period
using both the G-CODE setting and the timer setting.
PROGRAM LIST 27 SAT 20:00
DATE START STOP PRG A/B
Press ENTER.
28 SUN 21:00 22:00
6SP MAIN
The cursor appears at OK.
Before you begin
PLAY
H
For daily and weekly
recording, see “Daily/
weekly recording” below.
ENTER
• When the TV is in standby mode (the 1 indicator on the video TV
is lit in red), press ?/1 , PROGR +/– or a number button on the
remote control.
OK
NEXT CHANGE CLEAR
SET ENTER
SELECT
• Make sure that the clock is set correctly. If it is not, see “Setting the
clock” on page 9.
• Make sure that the loaded cassette has its safety tab intact.
• Make sure that the video TV does not enter the timer recording
standby mode (the Quick Timer indicator on the video TV should
not be lit.)
Press < or , to move the cursor to NEXT for other programs,
5
6
then press ENTER. Repeat steps 2 through 4.
Press < or , to move the cursor to OK after setting your
desired programs, then press ENTER.
The TIMER REC indicator lights up and the video TV enters timer
recording standby mode.
EJECT
Z
?/1
Setting the timer
Example: How to record a program
broadcast on program position 6 from
21:00 to 22:00 on Sunday, 28th
November 1999.
PIC MODE
If you have made a mistake during timer setting
Press < to go back to the previous position and correct the setting.
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
TIMER REC
ON/OFF
zREC
INDEX
.
>
X PAUSE
REW
m
FF
M
Daily/w eekly recording
PLAY
M/,/m/</ENTER
H
ENTER
You can preset your video TV to record the same program every day
of the week (daily recording) or the same program on the same day
every week (weekly recording). Press m in step 2 until the desired
setting appears in the “DATE” position. With each press, the setting
changes as follows:
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
PROGRAM LIST 27 SAT 20:00
Press TIMER REC.
1
– –:– – – –:
– – P–R–GSP
DATE START STOP
27SAT
A/B
MAIN
TIMER REC
27 (today) t MON–SUN t MON–SAT t MON–FRI t
EVERY SAT t EVERY FRI t ... t EVERY SUN t 26 (next
month) ......
OK
NEXT CHANGE CLEAR
SET ENTER
SELECT
To stop timer recording
Press M or m to set the
2
PROGRAM LIST 27 SAT 20:00
DATE START STOP PRG A/B
28SUN
Press ON/OFF.
date , then press ,.
– –:– – – –:– – – – SP
MAIN
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
Using the video TV before timer recording starts
Press ON/OFF to turn off the TIMER REC indicator on the front of
the video TV.
OK
NEXT CHANGE CLEAR
SET ENTER
SELECT
Remember to press ON/OFF again to make the TIMER REC
indicator light up after setting the recording time.
continued
30
Basic Operations 31
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ad d it io n a l Op e ra t io n s
Re co rd in g TV p ro g ra m s (co n t in u e d )
Ad ju st in g t h e TV
PIC MODE
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
TIMER REC
EJECT
Ch e ckin g /a d d in g /
ch a n g in g /ca n ce lin g
t h e t im e r o r G-CODE
se t t in g s
zREC
INDEX
Z
.
>
X PAUSE
PIC MODE
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
M/,/m/</ENTER
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
H
ENTER
zREC
INDEX
.
>
X PAUSE
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
M/,/m/</ENTER
H
ENTER
Press TIMER REC.
PROGRAM LIST 27 SAT 20:00
Programmed as below
DATE START STOP PRG A/B
1
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
To exit the PROGRAM
LIST after checking the
settings, skip steps 2 and 3.
28 SUN 21:00 22:00
29 MON 1:30 3:00
6
SPMAIN
TIMER REC
t
GAME
MENU
79LP SUB
·
MON SAT 18:50 19:00
2
1
SPMAIN
LP SUB
EVERY TUE21:00 23:30
Ad ju st in g t h e vo lu m e — INTELLIGENT VOL
To add, change or clear the
settings, follow steps 2
through 4.
OK
ADD
CHANGE CLEAR
SET ENTER
SELECT
Some programs are broadcast at different volume levels. By setting
this function to ON, the volume level is stabilized and sudden
changes in volume can be prevented.
Press < or , to move the cursor to ADD, CHANGE or CLEAR,
then press ENTER.
2
3
Press MENU.
1
2
3
4
To add new settings
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
Follow steps 2 through 4 of “Setting the timer” on page 30.
Make sure TV SET UP is selected, then press ENTER.
To change the settings
Press M or m to move the cursor to the setting you want to change,
then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select
INTELLIGENT VOL , then
press ENTER.
Follow steps 2 through 4 of “Setting the timer” on page 30.
TV SET UP
3
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL PROGRAM
SKIP : PR 01 OFF
TV SYS : B/G
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
To clear the settings
Press M or m to move the cursor to the setting you want to clear,
then press ENTER.
ENTER
ENTER
The selected item turns red.
COL SYS : AUTO
INTELLIGENT VOL : OFF
SELECT
ENTER
The setting is cleared and “--” appears.
Press < or , to move the cursor to OK, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select ON,
then press ENTER.
4
5
TV SET UP
3
If there are other timer settings on the list, the video TV enters the
timer recording standby mode and the TIMER REC indicator
lights up. The PROGRAM LIST disappears.
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL PROGRAM
SKIP : PR 01 OFF
TV SYS : B/G
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
COL SYS : AUTO
INTELLIGENT VOL : ON
SELECT
ENTER
When the timer settings overlap
The second program starts recording only after the first program
has finished.
To return to the normal screen
continued
Press MENU.
Additional Operations
32
33
Basic Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ad ju st in g t h e TV (co n t in u e d )
If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the
appropriate TV system.
7
8
Pre se t t in g ch a n n e ls m a n u a lly
(1) Press M or m to select TV SYS, then press ENTER.
Preset the channels manually if you want to select channels that
were not set automatically or if you want to allocate program
numbers to channels one by one.
(2) Press M or m until the sound becomes normal, then press ENTER.
If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you
may be able to improve them by using the FINE tuning feature.
Press MENU.
1
2
3
4
(1) Press M or m to select
FINE, then press ENTER.
The selected item turns red.
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
(2) Press M or m to select
MANUAL, then press
ENTER.
Make sure TV SET UP is selected, then press ENTER.
(3) Press M or m until the
picture and sound quality
are optimal, then press
ENTER.
Press M or m to select
MANUAL PROGRAM, then
press ENTER.
MANUAL PROGRAM
PR : 01
TV SYS : B/G
CH : 01
FINE : MANUAL
GUIDE CH : 01
3
MANUAL PROGRAM
PR : 01
TV SYS : B/G
CH : 01
FINE : AUTO
GUIDE CH : 01
3
PLAY
PLAY
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
FINE tuning can be set
between –15 and +15.
SELECT
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
If the program position is not matched with its correct G-CODE
guide channel, set the guide channel.
Select the program number to which you want to assign a
channel number.
9
5
6
For a listing of the guide channel numbers, look in a program
guide for your area that features G-CODE numbers.
(1) Make sure PR is selected, then press ENTER.
(2) Press M or m until the program number you want to preset
(1) Press M or m to select GUIDE CH, then press ENTER.
appears on the menu, then press ENTER.
(2) Press M or m until the appropriate guide channel appears, then
You can also select the program number with the PROGR +/– or
number buttons.
press ENTER.
Select the desired channel.
(1) Press M or m to select CH, then press ENTER.
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
(2) Press M or m until the desired channel number appears on the
menu, then press ENTER.
You can also select the channel number directly with the number buttons.
Press C (once for regular channels, twice for cable channels), the desired
number buttons, then ENTER.
continued
Additional Operations
34
35
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ad ju st in g t h e TV (co n t in u e d )
Ad ju st in g t h e TV syst e m
If the sound of some channels is abnormal, select the appropriate
TV system for your area.
Skip p in g p ro g ra m p o sit io n s
You can skip unused program positions when selecting a program
with the PROGR +/– buttons. However, the skipped programs may
still be called up when you select them with the number buttons.
Press MENU.
1
2
3
4
5
Press MENU.
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
Make sure TV SET UP is selected, then press ENTER.
Make sure TV SET UP is selected, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select TV SYS, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select SKIP, then press ENTER.
Press M or m until the
appropriate TV system
appears on the menu,
TV SET UP
3
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL PROGRAM
SKIP : PR 01 OFF
TV SYS : D/K
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
Press M or m until the program position which you want to skip
appears on the menu, then press ENTER.
ENTER
ENTER
then press ENTER.
COL SYS : AUTO
INTELLIGENT VOL : OFF
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select ON,
then press ENTER.
TV SET UP
3
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL PROGRAM
SKIP : PR 07 ON
TV SYS : B/G
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
To return to the normal screen
COL SYS : AUTO
INTELLIGENT VOL : OFF
Press MENU.
SELECT
ENTER
Press ENTER and repeat steps 5 and 6 to skip other program
positions.
7
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
continued
Additional Operations
36
37
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ad ju st in g t h e TV (co n t in u e d )
Ch a n g in g t h e PICTURE MODE se t t in g
The PICTURE MODE menu allows you to adjust the picture quality.
Ad ju st in g t h e co lo r syst e m
Normally set the color system to AUTO. However, when the picture
has no color, manually select the appropriate color system for your
area.
Press MENU.
1
2
Press M or m to select
then press ENTER.
,
Press MENU.
PICTURE MODE
3
1
2
3
4
5
·
DYNAMIC
·
STANDARD
PLAY
PLAY
·
SOFT
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
·
PERSONAL
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
ADJUST
SELECT
ENTER
Make sure TV SET UP is selected, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select
ADJUST , then press
ENTER.
3
PERSONAL ADJUST
3
Press M or m to select COL SYS, then press ENTER.
PICTURE
COLOR
BLIGHT
HUE
80
50
50
00
50
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
SHARP
Press M or m until the
appropriate color system
appears, then press
TV SET UP
3
SELECT
ENTER
AUTO PROGRAM
MANUAL PROGRAM
SKIP : PR 01 OFF
TV SYS : D/K
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER.
COL SYS : PAL
INTELLIGENT VOL : OFF
Press M or m to select the desired item, then press ENTER.
4
5
SELECT
ENTER
The adjustment bar for the selected item appears at the bottom of
the screen.
Adjust the value according to the following table, then press
ENTER.
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
For
Press m to
Press M to
PICTURE
COLOR
BRIGHT
HUE*
decrease picture contrast
decrease color intensity
darken the picture
increase red picture tones
soften the picture
increase picture contrast
increase color intensity
brighten the picture
increase green picture tones
sharpen the picture
SHARP
*You can adjust HUE for the NTSC color system only.
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
continued
Additional Operations
38
39
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ad ju st in g t h e TV (co n t in u e d )
Ta p e o p t io n s
Ad ju st in g t h e a lig n m e n t o f
t h e p ict u re
The picture may be out of alignment due
to influence from the earth’s magnetic
field in relation to the position of the TV.
You can adjust the angle of the picture if
it is not aligned to the TV screen.
Ad ju st in g t h e t ra ckin g
EJECT
Z
Adjusting the tracking automatically
The tracking condition is automatically adjusted when this function
is set to AUTO.
PIC MODE
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
zREC
INDEX
.
>
X PAUSE
Adjusting the tracking manually
REW
m
FF
M
M/,/m/</ENTER
PLAY
If streaks or snow noise appear during normal playback, adjust the
H
ENTER
tracking.
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
Press MENU in playback mode.
t
GAME
MENU
1
2
3
1
2
3
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
Press MENU.
1
Press M or m to select
VIDEO SET UP, then press
ENTER.
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : AUTO
3
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
PLAY
PLAY
2
3
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
Press M or m to select PIC
ROTATION, then press
ENTER.
SELECT
ENTER
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
Make sure TRACKING is selected, then press ENTER.
ENTER
ENTER
4
5
PIC ROTATION
TRACKING
Press M or m to select
MANUAL, then press
ENTER.
Press M or m to align the picture’s position, then press ENTER.
PLAY
PLAY
4
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
NORMAL TRACKING
The tracking meter appears
on the screen.
SET
ENTER
Press < or , to reduce picture noise, then press ENTER.
6
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
continued
Additional Operations
40
41
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ta p e o p t io n s (co n t in u e d )
Pla yin g a t a p e re p e a t e d ly
You can play the recorded portion of a tape repeatedly.
Ad ju st in g w it h Ad a p t ive Pict u re Co n t ro l (APC)
This function allows you to improve playback and recording quality
Press MENU.
automatically according to the condition of the video tape.
This function is set to ON at the factory. To maintain better picture
quality, it is advisable to leave the function on. The APC function
works on all types of tapes, even on rental tapes.
1
2
3
4
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
To change the setting
Press M or m to select VIDEO SET UP, then press ENTER.
Press MENU.
1
2
Press M or m to select
AUTO REPEAT, then press
ENTER.
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
3
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : AUTO
ENTER
ENTER
The selected item turns
red.
Press M or m to select VIDEO SET UP, then press ENTER.
3
4
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select
APC, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select ON,
then press ENTER.
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : AUTO
3
5
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
AUTO REPEAT : ON
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : AUTO
3
The selected item turns red.
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select
OFF, then press ENTER.
5
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : OFF
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : AUTO
3
Press MENU to return to the normal screen.
6
7
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
Press PLAY N.
SELECT
ENTER
Playback starts. When the
tape reaches its end, the
PLAY
H
ENTER
video TV rewinds the tape
to the beginning, then
plays it again.
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
continued
Additional Operations
42
43
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ta p e o p t io n s (co n t in u e d )
Wh e n co n n e ct in g t o a So n y VCR
If you use this video TV with another Sony VCR, the remote control
Ad ju st in g t h e p ict u re fo r re n t a l t a p e s
may accidentally operate both the video TV and VCR at the same
time. To prevent this from happening, set VHS to SONY so that the
remote control operates only this video TV.
If you are not satisfied with the picture quality while playing a tape,
even when APC is on, set RENTAL to ON. It is recommended to
use this function when watching rental tapes.
Press MENU.
1
2
3
4
Press MENU.
1
2
3
4
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select VIDEO SET UP, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select VIDEO SET UP, then press ENTER.
Press M or m to select
VHS, then press ENTER.
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : AUTO
3
Press M or m to select
RENTAL, then press
ENTER.
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : AUTO
3
PLAY
PLAY
The selected item turns red.
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
The selected item turns red.
SELECT
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
Press M or m to select
SONY, then press ENTER.
5
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
3
Press M or m to select ON,
then press ENTER.
5
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : ON
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : AUTO
3
PLAY
PLAY
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : SONY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
COL SYS : AUTO
SELECT
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
To return to the normal screen
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
Press MENU.
continued
Additional Operations
44
45
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ta p e o p t io n s (co n t in u e d )
Se le ct in g a
EJECT
b ilin g u a l p ro g ra m
Z
?/1
Se t t in g t h e co lo r syst e m
Normally set COL SYS in the menu to AUTO. If streaks appear
during playback, set COL SYS to correspond to the system that the
tape was recorded in.
PIC MODE
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
You can listen to the sub-channel of
NICAM bilingual I system programs.
zREC
INDEX
.
>
X PAUSE
Press A/B repeatedly until you receive
the sound mode you want.
Press MENU.
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
1
2
3
4
5
H
ENTER
The on-screen display changes to show
the selected sound mode and the 1
indicator on the video TV lights up in
red.
x STOP
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
A/B
t
GAME
Press M or m to select VIDEO SET UP, then press ENTER.
A/B
Press M or m to select COL SYS, then press ENTER.
Broadcasting
On-screen display (Selected sound)
Press M or m until the corresponding color system appears,
then press ENTER.
NICAM bilingual I
Select the same color
system that the tape was
recorded in.
MAIN
SUB
MONO
VIDEO SET UP
TRACKING : AUTO
APC : ON
AUTO REPEAT : OFF
RENTAL : OFF
VHS : OTHERS
COL SYS : PAL
3
(Main sound)
(Sub sound)
(Regular sound)
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
Notes
• Bilingual broadcasts can be received only in the NICAM bilingual I
television system.
• Only the selected sound can be recorded.
To return to the normal screen
Press MENU.
If the sound is distorted or noisy w hen receiving a monaural
program through the 8 (antenna) terminal
Press A/B repeatedly until “MONO” appears on the screen.
To cancel the monaural sound setting, press A/B again until
“AUTO” appears on the screen.
MONO
AUTO
Note
• The “MONO” or “AUTO” setting is memorized for each program
position.
Additional Operations
46
47
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Sw it ch in g o n
a u t o m a t ica lly
— ON TIMER
Sw it ch in g o ff
a u t o m a t ica lly
—SLEEP
EJECT
EJECT
Z
?/1
Z
PIC MODE
PIC MODE
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
zREC
INDEX
zREC
INDEX
.
>
.
>
You can preset your video TV to
automatically switch on at a desired
time. You can select the TV program,
video playback or input source to be
switched on.
You can automatically switch the video
TV into standby mode after a selected
time period.
X PAUSE
X PAUSE
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
M/,/m/</ENTER
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
H
ENTER
H
ENTER
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
t
GAME
MENU
t
GAME
Press MENU.
1
Press
.
With each press, the time
period (in minutes)
changes as illustrated.
Press M or m to select
, then press ENTER.
2
3
4
One minute before the TV
switches into standby
mode, the message “SLEEP
TIMER: 1M” is displayed
on the screen.
Make sure ON TIMER SET is selected, then press ENTER.
OFF
30M
60M
90M
Make sure that the cursor appears at DAY, then press ENTER.
The selected item turns red.
Press M, m, < or , to
5
set the timer on (✓) or off
ON TIMER SET
DAY :
3
To cancel the timer
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
_
_
_
_ _
(–) for each day of the
week.
PLAY
Press to select OFF or press ?/1 to turn on the power.
H
TIME : 10:00
SOURCE : TV PROG 12
ON TIMER : ON
ENTER
SELECT ENTER
Press M or m to select TIME, then press ENTER.
6
7
8
Press M or m to set the on-time hour and minute, then press
ENTER.
Press M or m to select SOURCE, then press ENTER.
continued
Additional Operations
48
49
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Sw it ch in g o n a u t o m a t ica lly - ON TIMER (co n t in u e d )
Se a rch in g u sin g
t h e in d e x
fu n ct io n
EJECT
Z
Press M or m to set the source to be switched on, then press
9
ENTER.
PIC MODE
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
The SOURCE changes as follows.
zREC
INDEX
INDEX ./>
.
>
TV PROG t VCR N (video playback)
X PAUSE
The video TV marks the tape with an
index signal at the point where each
recording begins. Use these signals as
references to find a specific recording.
This video TV can search up to 99 index
signals ahead of or behind the current
position.
R
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
H
If you select TV PROG, press M or m to change the channel
numbers. Then press ENTER again.
ENTER
STOP x
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
Press M or m to select ON TIMER, then press ENTER.
t
GAME
10
Press M or m to set ON TIMER to ON, then press ENTER.
11
Insert an indexed tape.
1
Press MENU to return to the normal screen.
12
The
indicator on the video TV lights up.
Press INDEX ./>
2
repeatedly to specify how
many index signals ahead
or behind you want to
search.
INDEX
INDEX
SEARCH
5
To cancel the on-timer function
In step 11, press M or m to set ON TIMER to OFF, then press
.
>
To search ahead, press
INDEX >.
ENTER.
The
indicator on the video TV turns off.
To search backwards, press
INDEX ..
The video TV starts searching and the index number on the TV
screen counts down to zero. Playback starts automatically from
that point.
To stop searching
Press STOP x.
Additional Operations
50
51
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Co n n e ct in g o p t io n a l e q u ip m e n t
To w atch the video input signal
Press t so that t1 or t2 appears on the screen.
Wa t ch in g a n d re co rd in g t h e p ict u re in p u t fro m
o p t io n a l e q u ip m e n t
EJECT
To connect a video camera
Z
1
PIC MODE
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
zREC
INDEX
.
>
X PAUSE
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
H
ENTER
to audio
output
to video
output
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
t
GAME
t
t 2/GAME IN 9
t 2/GAME
IN
VMC-710M/720M
(not supplied)
To connect a VCR
to video
output
to audio
output
t 1/
t 1/9
continued
Additional Operations
52
53
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ad d it io n a l In fo rm a t io n
Co n n e ct in g o p t io n a l e q u ip m e n t (co n t in u e d )
Se lf-d ia g n o sis fu n ct io n
To connect a video game
Your video TV is equipped with a self-diagnosis function. If there is
a problem with your video TV, the 1 indicator flashes in red. The
number of times the indicator flashes indicates the possible causes.
t 2/GAME IN 9
t 2/GAME
IN
1 indicator
To display the video game screen
Press GAME when the video TV is in standby mode.
Check that the 1 indicator flashes red once or more in
intervals of 3 seconds.
1
EJECT
Count the number of times the indicator flashes.
Z
2
3
4
GAME
Press ?/1 to turn off your video TV.
PIC MODE
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
zREC
INDEX
Inform your nearest Sony service facility about the number of
times the indicator flashes.
.
>
X PAUSE
Be sure to note the model name and serial number located on the
rear of your video TV.
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
H
ENTER
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
t
GAME
GAME
To sw itch to a TV program
Press the number button on the remote control, PROGR +/– or t
on the video TV or remote control.
To sw itch to the VCR
Press the PLAY N button on the video TV or remote control when
a cassette is in the video TV.
Additional Information
54
55
Additional Operations
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tro u b le sh o o t in g
If you have any problems while viewing your video TV, please
Symptom
Possible cause
Solutions
check the following troubleshooting guide. If the problem persists,
contact your Sony dealer.
Good picture/Abnormal
sound
The TV system setting is
inappropriate.
• If the sound of all the channels
is abnormal, display the TV SET
UP menu and select the
appropriate TV system (TV
SYS), then preset the channels
again. (pages 11 and 12)
• If the sound of some channels is
abnormal, display the MANUAL
PROGRAM menu in the TV SET
UP menu and select the
appropriate TV system (TV SYS)
(page 34).
Solutions
Symptom
TV section
Possible cause
Check the AC power cord and the
antenna connections.
The power cord or antenna
is not connected.
No picture/No sound
The video TV is not turned
on.
Press ?/1 on the video TV. If the
standby indicator (1) is lit in red,
press ?/1 or a program number
button on the remote control.
Good picture/No sound
The volume level is too
low.
Press 2 + to increase the volume
Snowy picture/Abnormal
sound
Check the antenna cable and
connection on the video TV and at
the wall.
The connection is loose or
the cable is damaged.
level.
The sound is muted.
Press % to cancel the muting.
The channel presetting is
inappropriate or
incomplete.
Display the TV SET UP menu and
select MANUAL PROGRAM to
manually preset the channel again.
Headphones are connected
Disconnect the headphones.
to i (headphones) jack.
No color or poor color
Adjust PICTURE, COLOR and
BRIGHT in the PERSONAL
ADJUST menu. (page 39)
The color level setting is
too low.
The antenna type is
inappropriate.
Check the antenna type (VHF/
UHF). Contact a Sony dealer for
advice.
The picture setting is
inappropriate.
Press PIC MODE to switch the
picture setting. (page 15)
The antenna direction,
position and angle need
adjustment.
Adjust the antenna direction,
position and angle. Contact a Sony
dealer for advice.
The color system setting is Display the TV SET UP menu and
inappropriate.
check the color system (COL SYS)
setting. (page 38)
Dotted lines or stripes
Abnormal color patches
• Do not use a hair dryer or other
equipment near the video TV.
• Adjust the antenna direction,
position and angle for minimum
interference. Contact a Sony
dealer for advice.
There is local interference
from cars, neon signs, hair
dryers, power generators,
etc.
The antenna direction,
position and angle need
adjustment.
Adjust the antenna direction,
position and angle. Contact a Sony
dealer for advice.
Double images or “ghosts” Broadcast signals are
reflected by nearby
Use a highly directional antenna.
There is magnetic
disturbance from external
speakers or other
equipment.
Locate external speakers or other
equipment away from the video
TV. Press ?/1 on the video TV to
turn off the video TV for about five
minutes, then turn on again.
mountains or buildings.
The antenna direction,
position and angle need
adjustment.
Adjust the antenna direction,
position and angle. Contact a Sony
dealer for advice.
No picture/No sound from
video input sources
The connecting cord
between the video TV and
the input sources is
disconnected.
Check the connection between the
video TV and the input sources.
Clock and timer section
Re-set the clock and timer settings.
(page 9)
The clock has
stopped and “--:--” is
displayed.
The power has been
interrupted or the AC
power cord is disconnected.
Input is not selected
correctly.
Press t so that “t1” or “t2”
appears. (page 53)
continued
Additional Information
56
57
Additional Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tro u b le sh o o t in g (co n t in u e d )
Symptom
Possible cause
Symptom
Possible cause
Solutions
Solutions
Playback section
Recording section
Cover the safety tab hole with
adhesive tape, or use another
cassette with its safety tab intact.
The safety device has been Switch off, disconnect the AC
The cassette is ejected The safety tab of the cassette has
Power is on, but the tape
does not run.
activated.
power cord, and leave the set for
about one minute.
when you press REC been removed.
z.
Poor playback picture
The color system setting is Display VIDEO SET UP and set
No cassette has been inserted.
The tape is at its end.
Cannot record.
Insert a cassette with its safety tab
intact.
inappropriate.
the color system (COL SYS) to the
setting corresponding to the color
system that the tape is recorded in.
(page 46)
Rewind the tape.
Timer recording
section
The tracking condition is
inappropriate.
Adjust the tracking manually.
(page 41)
Cannot program a
recording using the
timer.
The clock has not been set.
Set the current time and date.
(page 9)
Clean the video heads using the
Sony T-25CLD, T-25CLDR, or T-
25CLW video head cleaning
cassette (not supplied). If these
cleaning cassettes are not available
in your area, have the heads
cleaned at your nearest Sony
service facility (a standard service
fee will be charged). Do not use
any commercially available liquid
type cleaning cassettes other than
Sony’s, as it may damage the video
heads.
The video heads are dirty.
The cassette is ejected The safety tab of the cassette has
when you press ON/ been removed.
OFF.
Cover the tab hole with adhesive
tape, or use another cassette with
its safety tab in place.
The TIMER REC
Insert a cassette with its safety tab
intact.
No cassette has been inserted.
indicator does not
light up even though
you press ON/OFF.
The tape is at its end.
Rewind the tape.
Set the program for timer
No setting is made for timer
recording.
The video heads may have to be
replaced. Contact a Sony dealer for
advice.
The video heads may be
worn out.
recording. (pages 30 through 31)
Timer recording was • You did not press ON/OFF.
not made.
• There has been a power
interruption.
—
The tape is worn out.
The tape is defective.
Use a new tape.
Use a new tape.
The sound drops out.
Others
A cassette cannot be
inserted.
Another cassette is already
inserted.
Press EJECT Z to eject the cassette.
Symptoms caused by contaminated video heads
The batteries are low.
Replace the batteries. (page 4)
• No picture (or
black & w hite
screen appears)
The remote control
does not work.
• Normal picture
• Rough picture
•Unclear picture
The batteries are installed
incorrectly.
Install the batteries with correct
polarities. (page 4)
Changes in room temperature
sometimes make the TV cabinet
expand or contract, causing a
noise. This does not indicate a
malfunction.
TV cabinet creaks.
—
The video TV’s demagnetizing
function is working. This does not
indicate a malfunction.
A small “boom”
sound is heard when
the video TV is
turned on.
initial
contamination
terminal
t
—
Additional Information
58
59
Additional Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Id e n t ifyin g p a rt s a n d co n t ro ls
Refer to the pages indicated in parentheses ( ) for details.
Fro n t p a n e l
qh
TIMER REC
REC
QUICK TIMER
EJECT
Z
qj
qk
GAME
2
PROGR
t
PUSH
q
STOP REW
–PLAY–
FF PAUSE
REC
m
M
x
H
X
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 8
9
q;
qa qs qd qf qg
qf 1/aa (standby/bilingual) indicator
1 i (headphones) jack
4 Tape transport buttons
7 GAME button (13, 54)
(14)
STOP x button (17, 20)
2 t2/GAME IN jacks ( (video)/9
8 t (input select) button (53)
9 2 (volume) +/– buttons (15)
q; PROGR +/– buttons (14)
REW m/
PLAY N button (17)
FF M/ button (17)
button (17)
qg Remote control sensor
(audio)) (52, 53)
qh TIMER REC (recording) indicator
3 TUNER PRESET ON/OFF button
(31)
(12, 13)
PAUSE X button (17, 20)
REC z button (20)
qa QUICK TIMER (22, 23)
Indicator
qj REC (recording) indicator (20)
qk ?/1 (power/standby) switch (14)
5 Cassette compartment
Rotary button
qs
(ON TIMER) indicator (49)
6 EJECT Z button (17)
qd w (VCR) indicator (20)
continued
Additional Information
60
61
Additional Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Id e n t ifyin g p a rt s a n d co n t ro ls (co n t in u e d )
Re m o t e co n t ro l
1
2
5
6
7
EJECT
EJECT
Z
Z
qh
qj
qk
qs
qd
qf
PIC MODE
PIC MODE
TIMER REC G-CODE
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
zREC
INDEX
zREC
INDEX
.
X
>
.
X
>
PAUSE
PAUSE
REW
m
FF
M
8
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ql
ENTER
ENTER
x
STOP
x
STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
w;
wa
t
GAME
t
GAME
9
q;
3
4
qg
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
6
9
7
7
-/--
-/--
C
C
2
2
PROGR
PROGR
qa
1 % (muting) button (15)
qs TIMER REC (recording) button (30)
qd TAPE SPEED button (19)
2 EJECT Z button (17)
3 t (input select) button (53)
qf REC z (recording) button (20)
qg COUNTER RESET button (18)
qh G-CODE button (26)
4 2 (volume) +/– buttons (15)
5
(display) button (16, 18)
6 ?/1 (power/standby) button (14)
qj ON/OFF button (for timer
recording) (31)
7 PIC MODE (picture mode) button
(15)
qk INDEX ./> button (51)
ql Tape transport buttons
PAUSE X button (17, 20)
8 Menu operation buttons (26)
MENU button
V/B/v/b buttons
REW m/
STOP x button (17, 20)
FF M/ button (17)
button (17)
ENTER button
9 GAME button (54)
q; Number buttons (19)
qa PROGR +/– buttons (19)
PLAY N button (17)
w;
(SLEEP TIMER) button (48)
wa A/B (bilingual) button (47)
62
Additional Information
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SECTION 2
DISASSEMBLY
2-1. REAR COVER REMOVAL
2-2. CHASSIS ASSY REMOVAL
2 Rear cover
1 Eight screws
(+BVTP 4 X 16)
Cassette door
2 Chassis assy
1 Two screws (+BVTP 4 X 16)
Note: Notice for Installing chassis assmbly
Install chassis assembly when keep
the cassette door open state.
2-3. SERVICE POSITION (A BOARD)
2-4. A BOARD REMOVAL
CV board
1 Three screws
(+BVTP 3 X 12)
3 A board
Insulator
A board
Claw
Claw
Note: Open the A board after move the claw
2 Claw
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 65 –
2-5. HARNESS LOCATION
Demagnetic coil
Anode cap
Deflection yoke
NA rotation coil
DGC holder
DGC holder
VM coil
Red( + )
MA10 board
CV board
White( - )
CN251
Speaker
CN001
CN002
CN303
CN1003
CN302
CN301
CN305
CN304
Tuner
CN306
CN605
A
board
CN803
CN801
CN602
CN604
CN603
CN601
FBT
CN962
CN503
CN901
CN902
CN551
CN704
F board
CN903
CN961
CN703
Power cord
CN702
CN701
CV
board
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 66 –
2-6. PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL
8 Two DGC clip
0 Two spring
2 Two screws (+BVTP 4 X 16)
9 Demagnetization
4 CV board
3 Chassis assmbly
5 NA rotation coil
6 Deflection yoke
!¡ Four screws
(Tapping screw 5)
!™ Picture tube
1 Anode cap
7 Top support
Cassette door
Cushion
Note: Notice for Installing chassis assmbly
Install chassis assembly when keep
the cassette door open state.
•
Removal of anode-cap
NOTE : Short circuit the anode of the picture tube and the
anode cap to the metal chassis, CRT shield or car-
bon paint on the CRT, after removing the anode.
•
how to handle an anode-cap
1 Don't hurt the surface of anode-caps with shaped
objects!
•
removing procedures
2 Don't press the rubber too hard so as not to hurt inside of
anode-caps!
1 Turn up one side of the
rubber cap in the
A metal fitting called the shatter-hook terminal is built into
the rebber.
a
direction indicated by
the arrow a.
3 Don't turn the foot of rubber over too hard!
The shatter-hook terminal will stick out of damage the
rubber.
a
b
2 Using a thumb pull up the
rubber cap firmly in the
direction indicated by the
arrow b.
b
c
3 When one side of the rubber
cap is separated from the
anode button, the anode-cap
can be removed by turning
up the rubber cap and pulling
it up in the direction of the
arrow c.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 67 –
SECTION 3
SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS
Perform the adjustments in the following order:
•
•
The following adjustments should be made when a complete
1. Beam Landing
2. Convergence
3. Focus
realignment is required or a new picture tube is installed.
These adjustments should be performed with the rated
power supply voltage, unless otherwise noted.
4. Screen (G2)
5. White Balance
6. Picture Distortion
The PICTURE and Brightness controls should be set as follows
unless otherwise noted:
PICTURE control................ standard
BRIGHTNESS control.......... standard
Note: Test Equipment Required.
1. Color bar/Pattern Generator
2. Degausser
3. Oscilloscope
Preparation:
•
In order to reduce the influence of external magnetic
forces on the picture tube, face the TV set in an easterly
or westerly direction.
•
Turn the power switch for the unit ON and erase the magnetic
force using a degausser.
3-1. BEAM LANDING
1. Receive PAL MONOSCO signal, make [picture] to maximum.
2. Set service mode to VP38 (RON) = "00", VP39 (GON) = "01",
VP40 (BON) = "00" and make all green pattern.
3. Shift the DYAssy to full of front side and rotate purity magnet
and make green to center. (Fig.3-1 to 3-3)
4. Rotate DY Assy to right and the left and screen align to
horizontal.
Fig.3-3
5. Shift slowly the DY Assy to back side and set raster to get full
green. (Fig.3-3)
Purity control
6. Fix roughly the DY Assy by the stopper.
7. When the landing at the corners is not correct, adjust by using
disk magnets. (Fig.3-4)
corrects this area.
a
c
b
d
8. Set service mode to VP38 (RON) = "01", VP39 (GON) = "01",
VP40 (BON) = "01".
Disk magnets or rotatable
disk magnets correct these
areas (a-d).
Purity control
Deflection yoke positioning
corrects these areas.
a
c
Fig.3-1
b
d
B
R
G
Fig.3-4
Fig.3-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 68 –
•
Movement of red, green and blue dots byV. STAT tilting
and opening or closing.
3-2. CONVERGENCE
Purity
1
Movement of opening or closing the
V. STAT convergence magnet.
BMC magnet
Vertical static
convergence magnet
B
B
G
R
G
R
2
3
4
Movement of tilting the V. STAT conver-
gence magnet counterclockwise.
R
G B
(1) Horizontal and Vertical Static Convergence
1. Receive DOT HATCH signal adjust [BRT], [PIX] to looks
easily.
Movement of tilting the V. STAT conver-
gence magnet clockwise.
2. Set V. STAT Mg, BMC Mg to standard condition.
3. Correct V. STAT Mg.
(Correct vertical lag of R, B-DOT around the center of CRT.)
(Fig.3-5)
B
G R
4. Adjust BMC Mg.
(Make evenly horizontal lag of R, B-DOT toward G-DOT
around the center of CRT.)
Movement of tilting and opening or clos-
ing the V. STAT convergence magnet.
5. Adjust H. STAT VR. (RV701)
(Adjust horizontal lag of R, B-DOT around the center of CRT.)
(Fig.3-5)
R
B
G
G
6. Have to tracking adjust V. STAT Mg, BMC Mg because DOT
moves influence each other.
R
B
(Correct vertical lag of R.G.B.-DOT.)
•
If the blue dot did not harmonize with red and green,
then use the BMC magnet to adjust.
Center dot
R
G
B
1)HMC (Horizontal mis-convergence) correction
HMC correction (A)
HMC correction (B)
G B
R
G
B
R
G
B
B
R
A <
A =
B
A >
B
A
B
B
A
B
Horizontal static
convergence
Vertical static
convergence magnet
R
G
R
G
B
B
A =
B
A
A
B
2)VMC (Vertical mis-convergence) correction.
VMC correction (A)
VMC correction (B)
RV701 (H-STAT)
Fig.3-5
C < D
C = D
C > D
C = D
R
R
R
R
C
C
D
C
C
D
G
G
B
G
B
G
D
D
B
B
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 69 –
a
•
Adjust TLH. (TLH CORRECTION PIECE : 4-057-714-01)
Correct horizontal mis-convergence of X axis' right and left
red and blue. When red is outside and view from DY neck side,
insert TLH correction piece to rightside (TLH+) and when blue
is outside and also view from DY neck side, insert TLH
correction piece to left (TLH-).
b
a
b
a-d : screen-corner
misconvergence
c
d
•
Adjust YCH. (YCH)
Adjust the horizontal convergence of red and blue of Y axis'
up and down part.
c
d
(Adjust with tracking)
Fig.3-8
TLH
YCH
TLH correction
piece
3-3. FOCUS ADJUSTMENT
1. Receive PAL MONOSCO signal, with standard condition.
2. Focus adjustment should be balanced whole picture area (not
detail), and adjust focus by [FOCUS] VR of FBT. (Fig.3-9)
3. Receive ALL WHITE signal.
CV board
RV701
4. Magenta ring should be within limit sample. (Fig.3-9)
<If out of limit>
Tracking adjust magentaring and the focus by [FOCUS] VR of
FBT.
Fig.3-6
(2) Convergence adjustment of screen surroundings.
(Dynamic convergence)
1. Adjust by the deflection yoke (swivel) to screen both sides
cross mis-convergence become finest whole screen.
(Fig.3-7)
2. Fix the deflection yoke to insert the wedge to the picture
tube funnel and the deflection yoke. (Fig.3-8)
Focus
Screen
R
G
B
B
G
R
B G R
R G B
Fig.3-9
B G R R G B
3-4. SCREEN (G2) ADJUSTMENT
1. Receive white signal and make standard condition.
2. Set service data to VP38 (RON), VP39 (GON), VP40 (BON) =
"00" and take care that the screen become pitch-dark.
3. Add 175 ± 1.0VDC external voltage to cathodes of red, green,
blue.
R G B B G R
4. Adjust to obtain just before retrace line goes out (The point
where the retrace line is going to appears). (Fig.3-9)
5. Set service data to VP38 (RON), VP39 (GON), VP40 (BON) =
"01".
R
G
B
B
G
R
R G B
B G R
Fig.3-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 70 –
3-5. WHITE BALANCE ADJUSTMENT
1. Receive color-bar signal and set menu picture quality to
minimum picture and standard brightness.
2. Set to service mode and adjust CUT-OFF (VP25-green, VP26-
blue) and DRIVE (22-green, VP23-blue) of center.
3. Switch to all white signal.
4. Repeat CUT-OFF adjustment to become finest white balance
between minimum picture and maximum picture.
5. Receive PAL MONOSCO signal.
6. Adjust sub-bright (VP29-SBRT) to become gleaming.
7. Subtract 1 step from below adjusted data.
Fig.3-10
3-6. PICTURE DISTORTION ADJUSTMENT
•
When performing these adjustment, do receive monoscope
signal.
VP1 (VPOS)
VP2 (VSIZ)
VP3 (SCOR)
VP7 (AFBW)
VP8 (AFAG)
VP9 (TRAP)
VP10 (PAMP)
VP11 (UCPN)
VP4 (VLIN)
VP5 (HPOS)
VP6 (HSIZ)
VP12 (LCPN)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 71 –
SECTION 4
SAFETY RELATED ADJUSTMENT
CONFIRMATION OF HOLD-DOWN
When the parts with a
,
mark on the circuit diagram shown
below are replaced, confirm the matters described in items 1. and
2. shown below.
: PM601, R614, C614, IC607, R638
1. CONFIRMATION OF +B LINE (A BOARD)
3. CONFIRMATION AFTER EXCHANGED IC607
+2
1) Input 110 V AC.
–0
AND R638
2) Receive DOT HATCH signal and adjust PIX, BRT to mini-
Confirm the voltage value of +B line voltage satisfying with
standard value when exchanged IC607 and R638.
mum.
3) Connect the digital multimeter to ⊕ line of C632.
(Fig.4-2)
4. CONFIRMATION AFTER EXCHANGED PM601,
R614 AND C614
4) Confirm the voltage value of +B line corresponds like be-
low.
Confirm the protection circuit satisfying with standard value.
Less than 137.5V DC
+B Line
FBT
D803
2. CONFIRMATION OF HOLD-DOWN (A BOARD)
1) Receive monoscope signal and adjust PIX, BRT, VOL to
standard.
Applied voltage
point
R615
C632
2) Input the undermentioned voltage to between C632 + side
and GND, then check the protector function to works.
(Fig.4-1)
Fig.4-1
Less than 142.5V DC
A BOARD – COMPONENT SIDE –
digital
multimeter
+
-
C632
+
R638
C614
+
I
IC607
O
8
1
PM601
R614
FBT
Fig.4-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 72 –
SECTION 5
CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENT
5-1. ADJUSTMENTS WITH COMMANDER
6. WRITING "STANDARD VALUE"
1. ENTERING SERVICE MODE
1) Turn on the main power of the set and enter into stand-by
mode.
1) Set to service mode.
2) When push 5 button on the remote commander green
colored "INITIALwrite" indicates on the screen right above.
Continuing to press - button while words are displaying
(about 3 seconds). Display turns to red colored "INITIAL
write" then the screen become pitch-dark and select 1ch
about 5 seconds after. Then it turns green colored "G"
display.
2) Press the following sequence of buttons on the Remote
Control Commander.
ON SCREEN DISPLAY
CH “ 5 ”
+
Perform writing "standard value" standard data in micro
computer will write to the MEMORYand set to initialization
state all.
VOLUME (+)
Note: When exchange only MEMORY IC002, perform "standard
value" writing in the begginning.
POWER “ ON ”
(REMOTE CONTROL POWER “ ON ”)
u
2. TO READ THE MEMORY
1) Set to service mode.
2) When push these buttons 7 n - on the remote
commander, it would read all item's adjustment value and
switch set-up value which written in the memory.
Note: Do not read before "standard value" writing when exchange
the MEMORY IC002.
3. PICTURE ADJUSTMENT
1) Select adjustment item number of service mode by 1 and
4 buttons on the remote commander.
2) Adjust 3 and 6 buttons to satisfy set-up value and picture
condition of the screen.
4. WRITE TO THE MEMORY
•
After adjusted, write to the MEMORY by MUTE and -
buttons and push - button while green "light" word
indicated on the picture display (about 3 seconds). It takes
about 1 second to complete the writing to the MEMORY.
When red "light" displayed turns to "G" and that makes
writing completely finish.
Color of the screen displayed light word.
MUTE button on..................... Green word
- button on ........................... Red word
5. RELEASE THE SERVICE MODE
•
Turn off TV set and turn on again or turn off by the remote
commander, and turn off by the remote commander again
by stand-by state to disappear serivce display and set to
normal TV mode.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 73 –
5-2. ADJUSTMENT METHOD
Service adjustment to this model can be performed with the supplied Remote Control Commander RM-955, 956.
•
HOW TO ENTER INTO SERVICE MODE
Entering the
service mode
When exchange
the MEMORY
IC002 (MA10 board)
When repair connect-
ed with picture quality
When exchange
the board
Perform “standard
value” writing
A board deflection system
exchange CRT and DY.
A board
YCJ adjustment
Deflection circuit
adjustment
Micro computer
adjustment
Write to
the MEMORY
Release the
service mode.
Note : • Write to the MEMORY every performing one item adjustment.
• Before writing to the MEMORY adjusted data would not memorize when turn off.
•
SERVICE MODE DISPLAY
•
REMOTE COMMANDER'S FUNCTION IN
SERVICE MODE
DATA
No.
EJECT
EJECT
Z
Z
VP
00 001
G
Releace service mode
Write memory
PIC MODE
PIC MODE
TIMER REC
After pressed "0" button
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
TIMER REC G-CODE
TAPE SPEED
ON/OFF
AFMD
zREC
INDEX
zREC
INDEX
SERVICE ITEM
.
>
.
>
X PAUSE
X PAUSE
REW
m
FF
M
REW
m
FF
M
PLAY
PLAY
H
H
ENTER
ENTER
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET
x STOP
MENU COUNTER RESET A/B
t
GAME
t
GAME
Data up
Adjustment item up
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
Data down
6
9
6
9
Adjustment item down
7
7
-/--
2
C
Write standard value
After pressed "0" button
Perform read and write
-/--
2
C
Read memory
PROGR
PROGR
After pressed "0" button
RM-956
RM-955
(Same as RM-956)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 74 –
5-3. SERVICE DATA
No.
DISP
DATA
RANGE
00-03
00-3F
00-3F
00-0F
00-0F
00-3F
00-3F
00-0F
00-0F
00-0F
00-3F
00-3F
00-3F
00-01
00-0F
00-0F
00-01
00-0F
00-01
00-01
00-01
00-3F
00-3F
00-3F
00-0F
00-0F
00-0F
00-3F
00-1F
00-3F
00-0F
00-01
00-01
00-03
00-01
00-01
00-01
00-01
00-01
00-01
00-01
00-03
00-0F
00-01
00-0F
00-03
00-03
00-03
00-03
00-3F
00-0F
STANDARD
DATA
00
ITEM
DEVICE
VP0
AFC
AFC LOOP GAIN SWITCHING
V POSITION
CXA2130S
(Y/C/J)
VP1
VPOS
VSIZ
21
VP2
21
V SIZE
VP3
SCOR
VLIN
07
S CORRECTION
V LINIARITY
VP4
07
VP5
HPOS
HSIZ
AFBW
AFAG
TRAP
PAMP
UCPN
LCPN
HBLK
LBLK
RBLK
VUND
EHT
1E
21
HORIZONTAL POSITION
H SIZE
VP6
VP7
07
AFC BOW
VP8
07
AFC ANGLE
VP9
07
TRAPEZIUM
VP10
VP11
VP12
VP13
VP14
VP15
VP16
VP17
VP18
VP19
VP20
VP21
VP22
VP23
VP24
VP25
VP26
VP27
VP28
VP29
VP30
VP31
VP32
VP33
VP34
VP35
VP36
VP37
VP38
VP39
VP40
VP41
VP42
VP43
VP44
VP45
VP46
VP47
VP48
VP49
VP50
0B
1F
1F
00
PIN AMPLITUDE
UPPERSIDE CORNER PIN
LOWERSIDE CORNER PIN
H BLANKING
07
LEFT H BLANKING
RIGHT H BLANKING
V UNDER SCAN
EHT COMP
07
00
07
HSS
00
SLICE LEVEL OF H SYNC SEPARATION
VSS
00
SLICE LEVEL OF V SYNC SEPARATION
H MASK
HMSK
RAMP
GAMP
BAMP
RCUT
GCUT
BCUT
SCOL
SHUE
SBRT
SSHP
SHPF
PREL
GAMM
ABLM
VTH
01
20
R DRIVE
1F
*1F
09
G DRIVE
B DRIVE
R CUTOFF
07
G CUTOFF
07
B CUTOFF
19
SUB COLOR
07
SUB HUE FOR RF INPUT
SUB BRIGHT
1F
07
SUB SHARPNESS
SHARPNESS F0 SWITCHING
PRE/OVER-SHOOT RATIO SWITCHING
GAMMA CORRECTION
ABL MODE
00
00
02
*01
01
ABL VTH
DYCL
YDC
01
DYNAMIC COLOR
DC TRAN
01
RON
01
R ON
GON
01
G ON
BON
01
B ON
CDMD
HOSC
VMSW
YDE
00
COUNT DOWN MODE
H VCO’S OSCILLATION
VM SW(0:ON,1:OFF)
Y DELAY
07
00
08
PAF
00
PB AFC
IDS
01
ID START
IDP
01
ID STOP
IDL
02
ID LEVEL
BELL
VSHU
22
BELL F0
06
SUB HUE FOR LINE INPUT,PB
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 75 –
No.
DISP
DATA
RANGE
00-FF
00-01
00-3F
00-01
00-01
00-7F
00-7F
00-7F
00-7F
00-7F
00-FF
00-FF
STANDARD
ITEM
DEVICE
DATA
52
MS0
MS1
MS2
MS3
MS4
MS5
MS6
MS7
MS8
MS9
MS10
MS11
NDL
AGC
REL
CRM
ACO
FP
NICAM SEARTH DELAY
AGC SWITCH
01
28
AGC GAIN
00
CARRIER MUTING
AUDIO CLOCK OUT
01
1B
32
FPM
FH
2D
65
FHM
NIP
6D
50
NICAM PRESCALE
ERR
VOL
AUTO-FM SWITCH THRESHOLD
INTELLIGENT VOLUME
6D
No.
DISP
DATA
RANGE
00-3F
00-01
00-FF
00-03
00-01
00-01
00-01
00-01
00-01
STANDARD
ITEM
DEVICE
DATA
06
OP0
OP1
OP2
OP3
OP4
OP5
OP6
OP7
OP8
OSDH
NS
OSD HORIZONTAL POSITION
MENU FOR NS(0:OFF,1:ON)
ON DELAY TIMER
CXP85460
01
(µ-COM)
ODL
HDCG
APC
ID0
08
01
HEADCLOG DETECT(0:OFF,1:ON)
PLL-switch
00
00
ID1
00
ID2
01
ID3
00
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 76 –
5-4. A BOARD ADJUSTMENT
1. H OSC ADJUSTMENT
1) Input select should be selected LINE input (no signal).
2) Connect a frequency counter to TP801 (A board).
3) Adjust service data "VP42" (HOSC) to become 15.690kHz
± 25Hz.
2. PICTURE QUALITY ADJUSTMENT
2-1. SUB HUE, SUB COLOR adjustment. (For RF input)
1) Receive RF NTSC COLOR BAR signal (B OUT signal).
2) Color Condition
2-2. SUB HUE adjustment (For LINE input)
1) Input the NTSC COLOR BAR Signal to LINE INPUT.
2) Color Condition
• Color .................. 50%
• Color .................. 50%
• HUE center ........ 50%
• HUE center ........ 50%
• Picture ............... 80%
• Picture ............... 80%
* H white condition is "OFF" (VP36 : DYCL "= 00")
3) Adjust service data (VP28 : SHUE) for CN308 6 pin B
OUT waveform shown VB2 = VB3 (SUB HUE).
4) Adjust service data (VP27 : SCOL) for CN308 6 pin B
out waveform shown VB1 = VB4 (SUB COLOR).
Note : Repeat the above steps 2) and 3) untill an optimum value is
obtained.
* H white condition is "OFF" (VP36 : DYCL = "00")
3) Adjust service data (VP50 : VSHU)for CN308 6 pin B
OUT waveform shown VB2 = VB3.
4) Write SUB HUE (for LINE INPUT)
5) Add the figure of each step of SUB HUE and SUB COLOR
shown below to the above adjustment data.
SUB COLOR
SUB HUE
VB3
VB1
VB2
VB4
SUB COLOR 70mV or less
SUB HUE 110mV or less
Fig.5-1
• SUB HUE : From just flat VP28 : SHUE (TV) 0 STEP
• SUB COLOR : From just flat VP27 : SCOL 0 STEP
6) Write SUB HUE, SUB COLOR for "VIDEO" the values
which are same as 4).
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 77 –
MEMO
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 78 –
SECTION 6
DIAGRAMS
TV BLOCK
6-1. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
TU101
CN304
SCL
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN703
SDA
+200V
200V
NC
1
2
3
4
5
B INT
GND
B
TO JIG
GND
NC
H1
IC301 Y/C/J
R
VIDEO
M77
ONLY
V901
PICTURE TUBE
BUFF
Q101
BUFF
Q305
43TV IN
IC701 R AMP
HV
CN305
CN701
3 VI
VO
K
8
5
4
1
9V
V OUT V IN
9V
GND
GND
R
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9V
GND
GND
J701
IC103
DC-DC CONV.
H2
KR
IC703 G AMP
R OUT
G OUT
B OUT
IK IN
22
23
24
21
R
G
M77 ONLY
FV
CN301
3
VI
VO
K
8
5
G4
G2
G
KG
NICAM
PLL SW
RESET Q
21
20
19
18
17
B
B
IC101
CN704
1000V
KB
D103
IK
IK
G2
1
4
RESET
IC702 B AMP
AFT 0(TV)
OSD R
RV701
H.STAT
OSD R
OSD G
OSD B
3 VI
VO
K
8
5
32 R2 IN
31 G2 IN
OSD G
16
15
14
13
OSD B
B2 IN
30
NS MUTE
Q538
OVP
+9V
OVP
YM/YS
IK BUFF
Q701
29
YS2/YM IN
YM/YS
IC502
N/S OUT
CN605
CN503
DGC SW
TO
DGC SW
SDA 1
12
11
10
9
CN551
NS+
MA10 BOARD
CN001
GND
9V
GND
9V
5
5
A
35 SDA
NS MUTE
Q531
STBY +5V
2 -IN1
OUT1
OUT2
1
7
3
2
1
4
3
4
3
SCL 1
34
SCL
NS
COIL
B INT,NS
NC
STBY 5V
STBY 5V
B INT
PWM
Q537
2
1
2
1
5
+IN2
NS-
NS
NS
NS
8
7
6
5
VM SW
Q304
12V
12V
V PLS
H PLS
CN306
CRT PWR
VCR PWR
CN961
VS SW
VM OUT
9V
CRT PWR
VCR PWR
VM SW
CN962
6
5
VS SW
VM OUT
9V
6
5
4
3
2
1
BUFF
Q301-Q303
AMP
Q961,962
BUFF
Q967,968
VM DRIVE
Q963,965
VM OUT 15
3
2
1
VM
NC
E
VM
COIL
4
3
4
3
RELAY IN
RELAY IN
RELAY OUT
RELAY OUT
GND
NC
GND
NC
T604
STB
(POWER SUPPLY)
A(2/2)
2
1
2
1
+9V
+5V
+B
+B
1
3
4
5
6
CN303
IC603
6V REG
IC601
+5V REG
(RGB OUT, VM)
41
48
VCR FR IN
TV V
TV Y
1
2
3
4
5
6
CV
D602
AC RECT
D611
AC RECT
DRIVE
Q607
DRIVE
Q605
GND(A)
1
I
O
2
1
I
O
2
TV C
NC
4
IC604
STBY 5V REG
VCR
PWR
TU V(TV)
TU AL(TV)
XTAL 1
D627
+5V RECT
TO
STBY 5V
CN302
MA10 BOARD
CN002
7
8
9
X301
4.43MHz
B
9
8
NC
NC
I
O
1
2
3
4
D 5V
GND(A)
SW 5V
SW 9V
GND(M)
IC602
+9V REG
4
RE LINE V
RE LINE L
NC
10
11
12
1 I
O
2
V PROT
Q501,502
IC501
V OUT
D
D621
5
6
47
NC
XTAL 2
13
V.DY
MTR 13.2V
VCC(SP)
CN801
TO
T901
LFT
T902
LFT
CN901
AC IN
CN902
CN601
MA10 BOARD
CN1003
X302
3.58MHz
7
8
F901
13
14
4
5
7
REF
OUT
Vcc
2
3
6
5
4
3
V DY+
V DY-
H DY-
H DY-
H DY+
H DY+
VD+
VD-
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
@
AC
NC
NC
AC
NC
NC
GND(SP)
IN
5 I
3
O
AC IN
BOOST
2
AC IN
IC605
+13.2V REG
4
5
4
5
NC
NC
VCR
PWR
2
1
AC NUET
AC NUET
H.DY
D503
T602 SRT
PUMP UP
F
(AC FILTER)
R605
6
7
17
~
(+)
D506
200V RECT
AC RECT
D601
D612
+135V REG
IC606
SWITCHING REG
CN803
~
(-)
18
10
1
2
3
4
5
200V
NC
+B
D618
RECT
H DRIVE
Q803
H OUT
Q802
OCP/FB
S
1
2
HD 19
RY601
GND
NC
HP/PROTECT 18
RY603
HI
D620
FEED BACK
8
9
11
D625
+7V RECT
12
TV DRIVE
Q608
T801 FBT
+12V
3
4
D
D605
C
1
HV
+12V RECT
D606
VCC RECT
15
IC801
PIN COMP
4
3
200V
+B
4
2
V IN
GND
16
DRIVE
Q610
THP601
5
REF
PIN OUT
Q801
EW 11
5
6
OUT2
7
+V IN2
-V IN2
D610
AUDIO
RECT
CN602
CHECK
CHECK
+B
13
14
1
2
V REF
H1
H2
FV
G2
5
2
3 +V IN1 OUT1 1
RY602
-V IN1
2
D609
6
PH601
MOTOR RECT
FEED BACK
VCR PWR
TO
14
13
10
4
3
1
2
DGC DRIVE
Q609
IC601,602,6054PIN
IC6052PIN
CN603
DGC
D507
+13V RECT
IC607
3
2
1
+13V
GND
+135V
RECT
9
8
7
GND
NC
DGC
2
1
+13V
DGC 1
BUFF
Q102
3
VIDEO
AUDIO
ABL
REG SW
Q602
REG DRIVE
Q604
11
D804
D807
R
D801
-13 RECT
T802 HLT
2
C
BUFF
Q103
RY DRIVE
Q601
-13V
3
4
-13V
L
HV AFC
AFC FIL 20
PM601
COMP
Q503
1
+B
PROTECT
DRIVE
Q606
S801
H-CENT
8
1
3
OCP/OVP
PROT
IC608
+9V REG
1
I
O
2
+9V
ABL IN
3
4
H PLS,V PLS
(TUNER, Y/C/J, H/V DEFLECTION)
A(1/2)
DGC SW,VCR POW,CRT POW,OVP,RELAY IN,RELAY OUT
1
1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 80 –
– 81 –
– 82 –
– 79 –
– A BOARD –
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A
[
]
TUNER, Y/C/J, HV DEFLECTION, POWER SUPPLY
6-2. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION
A BOARD
IC
D305 D-2
D307 D-2
D308 E-3
D501 C-1
D502 D-1
D503 C-1
D506 C-2
D507 C-1
D601 B-6
D602 B-5
D603 B-5
D604 B-6
D605 D-6
D606 C-6
D607 C-7
D608 D-3
D609 D-5
IC101 C-4
IC103 A-4
IC301 E-2
IC501 C-1
IC601 E-7
IC602 C-4
IC603 D-7
IC604 D-4
IC605 D-6
IC606 C-6
IC607 D-4
IC608 D-2
IC801 E-1
A
B
C
D
E
Reference information
RESISTOR
: RN
METAL FILM
CV
: RC
SOLID
: FPRD
: FUSE
: RW
: RS
NONFRAMMABLE CARBON
NONFRAMMABLE FUSIBLE
NONFRAMMABLE WIREWOUND
NONFRAMMABLE METAL OXIDE
NONFRAMMABLE CEMENT
ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
MICRO INDUCTOR
TANTALUM
FF10
F
: RB
TRANSISTOR D610 D-5
:Å
D611 B-5
COIL
: LF-8L
D612 D-4
*
Q101 B-4
Q102 A-4
Q103 A-4
Q301 D-1
Q302 D-2
Q303 D-2
Q304 D-2
Q305 E-3
Q501 D-2
Q502 D-2
Q503 D-1
Q601 D-5
Q602 E-4
Q604 E-4
Q605 C-5
Q606 D-3
Q607 C-5
Q608 D-4
Q609 C-7
Q610 D-4
Q801 C-2
Q802 B-2
Q803 B-3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
-
D613 C-5
D614 D-4
D615 A-5
D616 C-5
D617 C-6
D618 C-6
D619 C-6
D620 C-6
D621 C-5
D622 C-5
D623 D-4
D624 E-4
D625 D-6
D626 E-4
D627 D-4
D628 C-5
D629 E-4
D630 B-5
D631 C-5
D632 D-4
D633 D-2
D634 D-4
D801 C-1
D802 A-1
D803 C-2
D804 A-3
D805 D-1
D806 C-2
D807 A-3
D810 A-2
D811 A-3
CAPACITOR : TA
: PS
: PP
: PT
STYROL
MA10
POLYPROPYLENE
MYLAR
A
: MPS
METALIZED POLYESTER
METALIZED POLYPROPYLENE
BIPOLAR
: MPP
: ALB
: ALT
: ALR
6-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
Note:
HIGH TEMPERATURE
HIGH RIPPLE
•
•
•
All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. pF: µµF
Terminal name of semiconductors in silk screen
printed circuit (
Capacitors without voltage indication are all 50V.
)
All resistors are in ohms.
*
1
1
1
1
1
-
Circuit
Device
Printed symbol
Terminal name
Collector
kΩ = 1000Ω, MΩ = 1000kΩ
Indication of resistance, which does not have one for rating electrical
Transistor
1
Emitter
Collector
Emitter
Base
power, is as follows.
Transistor
Diode
Pitch: 5 mm
2
3
Base
Rating electrical power: 1/4W(CHIP:1/10W)
-
-
Cathode
•
•
•
•
•
: nonflammable resistor.
: fusible resistor.
Anode
Cathode
DIODE
: internal component.
Å
4
5
6
7
8
Diode
Diode
Diode
Diode
(NC)
Anode
: panel designation and adjustment for repair.
All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B, unless
otherwise noted.
Cathode
*
D101 A-4
D102 A-5
D103 C-4
D301 E-2
D302 E-2
D304 E-2
(NC)
Anode
Common
•
•
: earth-chassis.
Anode Cathode
Common
The components identified by in this basic schematic diagram have been
C
carefully factory-selected for each set in order to satisfy regulations regarding
X-ray radiation.
Anode Cathode
Common
Should replacement be required, replace only with the value originally used.
Diode
Diode
Diode
(
)
Refer to PM601,R614,C614,IC607 and R638 adjustment on Page 70 .
Anode
Common
Anode
•
When replacing the part in below table, be sure to perform the related
adjustment.
9
0
Anode Anode
Common
(
C
)
Adjustment
Cathode
Cathode
PM601,R614,C614,IC607,
R638 ............ A Board
Common
!¡ Diode
Cathode
Cathode
Anode
Anode
Cathode
Cathode
Anode
Anode
Diode
!™
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Readings are taken with a color-bar signal input.
Readings are taken with a 10MΩ digital multimeter.
Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production tolerances.
All voltages are in V.
Ver.1.6
(Chip semiconductors that are not actually used are included.)
NOTE:
Circled numbers are waveform reference.
The circuit indicated as left contains high voltage of over
600 Vp-p. Care must be paid to prevent an electric shock in
inspection or repairing.
Note: The components identified by shading and mark B
are critical for safety. Replace only with part
nummber specified.
V
: B + line
V
: B – line.
: signal path.
P
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 83 –
– 84 –
– 85 –
– 86 –
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
ABOARD : IC103 TK11819M
ABOARD : IC606 STR-F6614
TO MA10(1/3)BOARD CN001
TO MA10(1/3)BOARD CN1003
TO MA10(1/3)BOARD CN002
V IN
V IN
OSC
2
A
B
C
D
E
F
4
1
CN303
13P
R3
3
2
CN301
21P
D
S
CN302
8P
3
4
DK
R4
MOTIVE
OSC
AUDIO
VIDEO
J101
2P
START
O.V.P
LATCH
O.S.C
DRIVE
TU101
*
V OUT
REG.
V REF
6
T1
GND
FEEDBACK
CONTROL
5
T.S.D
R106
100
Comp1
C316
47
25V
µ
F
1
O.C.P/F.B
JL37
JL38
C325
47
25V
–
+
:CHIP
R107
100
R125
*
µ
F
R101
100
Vth(1)
CN604
1P
C102
:CHIP
L101
10µH
:CHIP
–
+
100
16V
C104
100
L102
Iconst
R2
C311
47
25V
Vth(2)
10µH
:TAB
:LAV35
VIDEO
AUDIO
µ
F
16V
:LAV35
R102
R105
100
100
1
GND
VIDEO(PB)
Rconst
Rconst
–
:CHIP
:CHIP
Comp2
R1
+
TO F BOARD
C1
CN903
C315
47
25V
R364
680
AUDIO
5
GND
C302
18p
µ
F
ABOARD : IC501 LA7840L
3.5
1.9
X301 4.43
X302 3.58
:CHIP
VIDEO
CH:CHIP
APED
XTAL1
C301
4.7
C304
18p
CH:CHIP
2.9
D103
R118
*
L103
10µH
:LAV35
L104
10µH
:LAV35
R127
1k
:CHIP
R301
2.2k
C110
47
PUMP
UP
C1 IN
ABLIN
Y1 IN
(VSAW)
MONOUT
XTAL2
XTAL3
*
JL121
C108
25V
R109
:CHIP
JL119
0.1
5.1
1
47
22k
C111
THERMAL
PROTECTION
C306
220p
R303
10k
Q102
25V
:CHIP
22
C307
0.22
2SC2412K
BUFFER
JL120
16V
C308
0.47
16V
CH:CHIP
:CHIP
1
2
3
4.4
–
+
R126
1.2k
(APCFIL)
(SECAM)
TV IN
R356
IC101
*
RESET
AMP
R108
:CHIP
L304
B:CHIP
1k
Q101
2SC2412K
BUFFER
75
JW(5)
R110
22k
:CHIP
:CHIP
5.7
Q305
2SB709A
BUFFER
VIDEO
:CHIP
R111
0
R112
2.2k
:CHIP
R113
1k
:CHIP
3.8
C310
10
VIDEO
:CHIP
C113
10
5.8
D101
2
MTZJ-T-77-9.1
PROTECT
L105
10µH
R304
100
5.1
5.2
JL39
COMBC IN
YCLAMP
COMBY IN
GND1
ABLFIL
VIDEO
(PB)
IC103
R360
:CHIP
C313
5.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
TK11819MTL
DC-DC.CONVERTER
R117
4.7k
:CHIP
1k
:CHIP
C106
100
0.1 B:CHIP
L106
8.7
5.2
R114
47k
:CHIP
VCR/FR IN
10µH
16V
C114
22
16V
:LAV35
Q103
2SC2412K
BUFFER
1
C314
R306
4.3
10
16V
:BP
2
100
R308
100
:CHIP
GND2
5.2
CN304
V-IN
OSC
DK
T1
R309
22k
:CHIP
:CHIP
D305
D307
1SS1191SS119
7P
R311
100
L108
R103
R104
100
:CHIP
R115
68k
:CHIP
C312
4.7
:MICRO
EB-YIN
ER-YIN
EYIN
C117
10µH
GND
1M
:CHIP
:LAV35
47
4.0
2.4
3.6
L107
1.2mH
:CHIP
C338
100
25V
R116
4.7k
:CHIP
JL40
25V
4.6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
VIDEO
R
2
EW
D102
V-OUT
JL41
JL42
JL43
JL44
JL45
JL46
MTZJ-T-77-9.1
PROTECT
33.8
R312
L305
JW(5)
R313
100 :CHIP
IREF
B
10k
3
R307
1M
:RN-CP
R314
100 :CHIP
GND
R317
C309
3.3
R315
VD+
YUVSW
SDA
C118
D301
6100 :CHIP
:CHIP
100
0.1
25V
3.5
4.9
4.9
4
R123
1k
:CHIP
R124
B.INT
SDA
:CHIP
R316
MTZJ-T-77-5.6
100k
C119
R318
100 :CHIP
100 :CHIP
VD-
F:CHIP
:CHIP
6.0
R321
100 :CHIP
SCL
VMOUT
REG
SCL
R319
C317
10
D302
TO JIG
R320
1k
:CHIP
C319
0.1
25V
100
MTZJ-T-77-5.6
:CHIP
VCC
C320
0.01 F:CHIP
C318
100 25V
4.6
F:CHIP
C321
0.1
7.7
3.4
D304
1
2
3
4
R324
SSCP
R2IN
4.6
5V
MTZJ-T-77-9.1
PROTECT
25V
100
R323
560 :CHIP
C322
0.01 F:CHIP
R322
1.2k :CHIP
F:CHIP
:CHIP
HP/PROTECT
G2IN
4.6
R326
560 :CHIP
CN305
7P
3.7
3.9
1.8
2.0
2.1
2.1
R325
C323
0.01 F:CHIP
JL127
1.2k :CHIP
5
FB102
1.1UH
C339
HD
B2IN
0.1
9V
WHT
0.1
25V
R657
R329
560 :CHIP
D602
D611
R328
R327
R647
4.7
:FPRD
R331
4.7k :CHIP
:S-MICRO
470k
1/4W
:RN
1.2k :CHIP
470 :CHIP
F:CHIP
ERC04-06S ERC04-06S
AFCFIL
YS2/YM
R1IN
G1IN
B1IN
YS1
A BOARD
mark LIST
AC-RECT
AC-RECT
JL48
JL49
JL47
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
R330
0
:CHIP
9V
*
T604
STB
R332
22k
IKIN
GND
C650
0.01
250V
:PP
:CHIP
R
6
JL50
JL51
JL52
JL53
JL54
R334
2.2k
:CHIP
R
GND
R333
2.2M
:CHIP
ROUT
Ref No.
KV-VF21M77
KV-VF21M40/M70
1
3
4
5
6
2
R626
22M
1/2W
D626
ERA22-08
DUMPER
C611
0.0022
1kV
G
7
R
C658
0.0022
1kV
G
R336
2.2k
:CHIP
GOUT
G
:R
10
11
9
D103
IC101
R118
1SS119
S-80743AL-Z
Not used
Not used
Not used
0 : CHIP
:R
157.0
C326
8
C327
0.0047
B:CHIP
R338
2.2k
:CHIP
1
B
R337
2.2k
:CHIP
BOUT
1.7
MTZJ-T-77-18B
1.3
D630
B
IC604
IK
C616
22
450V
PQ30RV11
5V-REG
D627
D1NS6
+5V-RECT
B
C655
470
25V
R628
1k
:CHIP
TO CV BOARD
CN701
Q605
2SK2845
DRIVE
D616
1SS119
DUMPER
IC301
D622
1SS119
D623
R342
100
:CHIP
C631
R340
1k
R341
100
S
5V
C331
470p
B
CXA2130S
Y/C/J
R624
22
1/2W
0.001
MTZJ-T-77-10
JL87
JL122
VC
G
R343
100
0
CH:CHIP
:CHIP
:CHIP
I
O
R637
68k
:CHIP :CHIP
R632
10k
:CHIP
FB612
C601
47
25V
R670
1.2k
:RN-CP
C628
470p
CH:CHIP
C651
0.001
CH:CHIP
C617
47
25V
R125
0 : CHIP
Not used
BTF-LG443
D631
1SS119
8
9V
1.3
0.1
TU101
BTF-WG441
1.7
D621
D1N20R
R669
330
:RN-CP
FB611
JW(5)
R641
C330
100
25V
L302
10µH
:LAV35
470
CN306
6P
0.5
R673
220
:CHIP
C606
0.047
B:CHIP
C634
0.001
B:CHIP
:CHIP
R677
100
:CHIP
C661
0.001
:CHIP
Q610
G
H
I
R612
4.7
1/2W
C647
22
Q607
2SC2412K
DRIVE
R623
680
:CHIP
2SC2412K
DRIVE
WHT
D613
Q303
2SC2412K
BUFFER
D308
MTZJ-T-77-3.9B
:S-MICRO
MTZJ-T-77-6.8A
0
135V
:FPRD
L301
JW(5)
R631
33
:CHIP
JL55
1
2
3
4
5
6
9V
+B
NC
R350
18k
:CHIP
R352
470
C329
68p
:CHIP CH:CHIP
5.9
Q302
JL57
JL58
JL59
JL60
L303
10µH
GND
R651
33
:CHIP
2SC2412K
0.4
5.9
D615
1SS119
R658
R502
C501
BUFFER
5.2
R349
R357
2.2k
6.6
9V
D632
1SS119
R520
47k
:CHIP
10k
3.1
:CHIP
0
47k
220
16V
CN601
5P
:VH
Q301
2SC2412K
BUFFER
:CHIP
:CHIP
:CHIP
Q608
VM OUT
VM SW
TO CV BOARD
CN961
R358
2.5
TP601
R504
100k
TP602
5.9
2.7k
2SC2412K
TV-DRIVE
5
1.8
0.1
:CHIP
C328
10
R347
16V
JL61 JL62
JL66 JL67
:CHIP
R351
R355
470
0.8
0.1
0.1
R346
R359
10k
R659
15k
:CHIP
R655
10k
:CHIP
10k
R354
R353
1
2
3
4
5
R607
1
A.C
NC
10k
:CHIP
:CHIP
470
4.8
-0.1
R503
22k
:CHIP
1k
:CHIP
2.5
:CHIP
470
:CHIP
R617
1.2
10W
:RB
C503
0.01
B:CHIP
C602
0.001
250V
E
:CHIP
:CHIP
R650
1.0
10W
:RB
3W
RY603
DG5D1
C502
1
R606
220
:CHIP
L603
220
Q501
Q502
2SC2412K
Q304
2SD601A
VM SW
:RS
TO F BOARD
CN902
4
3
D601
D6SB60LF
AC-RECT
A BOARD WAVEFORMS
µ
H
JL63
JL64
JL65
JL68
JL69
JL70
JL71
JL125
C603
UN2211-TX
1
2
3
4
5
6
H.DY+
H.DY+
H.DY-
H.DY-
DGC
0.001
250V
E
V-PROTECT V-PROTECT
1
2
NC
C609
47
25V
C608
1000
25V
SECAM
PAL
NTSC
JL124
JL123
1
1
1
AC NUET
17
18
C607
R603
8.2M
1W
0.001
250V
E
CN602
2P
:MINI
R604
680k
1/2W
IC602
PQ09RD11
9V-REG
R505
3.3k
C604
0.001
250V
E
V.DY-
V.DY+
THP601
IC501
LA7840L
V-OUT
R605
0.1
1/2W
:RF
C605
JL72 JL73
560
R671
220
:CHIP
1
2
CHECK
CHECK
16
15
450V
Q503
2SC2412K
H.V AFC
COMP
R664
33k
1/2W
CN801
6P
:DY
4.4
0.7
PM601
PM-21
OCP/OVP PROT
19
20
4.8
JL126
1.4Vp-p (H)
1.0Vp-p (H)
PAL
1.0Vp-p (H)
SECAM
JL74 JL75
RY602
L605
56µH
FB620
1.1UH
4
3
7V
JL56
I
JL77
CN603
3P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
C659
0.1
250V
R509
10k
:CHIP
O
1
2
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
JL80 JL81
G
0.1
1.2
R611
R508
-11.6
1k
:CHIP
C664
100
25V
3
2
1
Q609
2SC2412K
3.9
0.4 14.0 2.5 2.4
DGC
NC
15k
C615
1
NTSC
C612
2200
25V
R506
100k
:CHIP
C610
47
25V
2
0
0.7
2
3
6
7
9
2
4
:CHIP
C504
100
:HT
JL78
JL79
R627
0.47
:FPRD
14.8
R507
1k
:CHIP
DGC-DRIVE
R622
10k
:CHIP
DGC
IC603
PC2406AHF
6V-REG
Q606
2SC2412K
PROTECT-DRIVE
D502
C614
10
R510
100k
:CHIP
C505
0.1
B:CHIP
0.1
DGC
IC601
PQ05RD11
5V-REG
µ
MTZJ-T-77-5.6
PROTECT
JL82
JL83
D607
1SS119
JL84 JL85
R672
JW(5)
R656
15k
R613
1.2k
:FPRD
JL86
R660
220
:CHIP
R614
100
:CHIP
R661
R619
10k
T801
NX4001
CN803
5P
220
:FPRD
D506
:CHIP
D608
MTZJ-T-77-18B
:CHIP
D503
GP08DPKG23
PUMPUP
RGP10GPKG23
200V-RECT
R519
RED
L602
47µH
:LHL08
JL89
1.4Vp-p (H)
1.0Vp-p (H)
1.0Vp-p (H)
C507
100
:HT
:S-MICRO
C
135V
JL88
JL90
JL91
1
HV
L501
47µH
:LHL08
0.47
1/4W
:FPRD
JL92
JL94
1
2
3
4
5
200V
NC
D633 1SS119
J
R615
2040V4
4.4
0.56 2W :RS
C509
0.47
:MPS
C508
R512
5
R514
10k
:CHIP
R513
4.7k
:CHIP
0.1
100V
:PT
C515
10
250V
T602
SRT
D625
S3L20UF4
+7V-RECT
220
IC608
GND
JL93
C646
2200
25V
C635
C663
100
25V
2W
R675
PQ09RD11
9V-REG
0.01
500V
E
FB608
1.1UH
R616
1k
R634
1k
:CHIP
:RS
1k
+B
NC
D604
ERC04-06S
C662
100
25V
:CHIP
2
3
6
5
JL97
9
8
7
6
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
4
3
12V
9V
H1
JL96
JL98
JL95
R516
2.2
:FPRD
JL128
PS601
2.7A
FB606
FB601
1
2
TO CV BOARD
D617
RU1P-V1
DUMPER
C513
470
25V
R678
8.2k
5W
C626
3300
25V
R517
4.7k
C510
0.01
F:CHIP
R515
4.7
2W
3
1.1UH
1.1UH
JL99
C645
CN703
D507
L604
1mH
:LHL13
:CHIP
47
C619
0.001 500V B
:RS
PS602
2.7A
RGP10GPKG23
-13V-RECT
:RS
FB602
1.1UH
25V
C657
47
25V
7.0Vp-p (H)
1.4Vp-p (V)
1.4Vp-p (V)
NTSC
C642
0.01
630V
:PP
TO
R518
10k
:CHIP
R636
47k
3W
C801
0.0047
200V
C514
0.01
F:CHIP
R802
D801
C644
470p
10
1W
PICTURE TUBE
HV
D605
EGP30DL-6085 +12V-RECT
RGP10GPKG23
+13V-RECT
JL100
L601
10µH
:NSL0808
IC605
SI-3120CA
13.2V-REG
R674
R668
5.6k
3W
:RS
B:CHIP
JL103
:RS
:PT
5.6k
3W
R601
220
:CHIP
PAL/SECAM
PAL/SECAM
7
6
JL101
K
L
M
N
O
P
C624 0.001 500V B
FB604
JW(5)
C620
470
25V
:RS
PS603
2.7A
:RS
JL102
-13V
C802
470
25V
TO CV BOARD
J701(G4)
TO CV BOARD
CN704
IC606
L801
15µH
5
3
4
FV
D606
D1NL20U
RECT
135V
STR-F6656
12.0
R803
0.68
1/2W
:FPRD
R621
10
JL104
FB603
1.1UH
D609
2
SWITCHING REG
15V
R806
0.68
1/2W
:FPRD
JL105
JL106
D2L20U-F MOTOR-RECT
C627
FB605
JW(5)
G2
R667
1.2k
C621
47
25V
R805
15k
4
3
2
4.8
1
C625
1000
R837
4.7k
:CHIP
:CHIP
R807
100
1/2W
:FPRD
C623
220
PS604
2.7A
0.001 500V B
2
1
:RN
R811
2.2k
:CHIP
C804
14
13
C803
0.68
250V
47
3.0Vp-p (H)
C622
47
25V
3.0Vp-p (H)
NTSC
3.2Vp-p (H)
PAL/SECAM
R808
56k
1/2W
:RN
25V
R630
1M
R609
1k
D803
RGP10GPKG23
D610
D2L20U-F AUDIO-RECT
JL107
L803
10mH
R809
33k
D802
1SS119
R812
R801
270k
:RN-CP
3W
IC801
:LHL10
JL108
33k
ABL
1
2
3
4
5
:RS
D804
GP08DPKG23
H-CENT
:CHIP NJM2903D
PIN-COMP
:RN-CP
C630 2200p 1kV
NTSC
11
10
9
FB607
JW(5)
8
8
RY601
L804
4.7mH
:LHL08
R816
27k
:RN-CP
R814
150k
1.7
0
R821
6.8
C805
C806
470p
500V
+24V
+13V
R817
2.2k
:CHIP
:RN-CP
1.3
3.2
2.0
JL109
33
R815
JW(7.5)
C632
:FPRD
FB613
JW(5)
C638
0.0015
2kV
JL110 JL111
160V
C812
0.022
200V
100
D807
GP08DPKG23
H-CENT
C807
1
250V
159.0
D612
RU4AM-T3
+135V-RECT
13
160V
R644
R819
15k
:CHIP
D805
5.5
2.0
R824
33k
1.8k
C808
C636
470p
C810
0.0047
500V
E
R822
MTZJ-T-77-5.1C
:CHIP
0.001
2
1
330
:RN-CP
0.2
0.8
9.2
5.1
CH:CHIP
R633
15k
:CHIP
R818
18k
:RN-CP
B:CHIP
C809
0.1
25V
:FPRD
12
D603
MTZJ-T-77-6.8A
D614
1SS119
R823
10k
:CHIP
L805
10mH
C813
0.01
F:CHIP
Q601
2SC2412K
RY-DRIVE
2.9
R662
220
C814
0.01
B:CHIP
S801
3.4Vp-p (H)
3.4Vp-p (H)
3.0Vp-p (H)
JW902
7.5MM
8
14
F:CHIP
R825
10k
:CHIP
R826
1k
C640
220p
T802
HLT
S
D620
D1NL20U
-13V
2W
:RS
D806
Q801
R635
15k
:CHIP
7
D619
D1NS4-TR
PROTECT
R
L
C
C660
220
25V
1SS119 2SK2251-01
B:CHIP
R663
220
DUMPER
PINOUT
C817
JW(5)
10
13
16
19
11
1
2
3
4
R827
10k
:CHIP
R828
R829
4.7k
100k
JL112
JL113
R638
C816
470p
:CHIP
FB609
1.1UH
C618
680p
B:CHIP
100
:FPRD
PH601
L807
47µH
1
Q802
R833
PC123FY2
R652
680
:CHIP
C819
0.82
250V
136.6
IC607
SE-135N
+135V-RECT
11
1
2SC5388
H-OUT
D810
FEED BACK
L808
470µH
C824
0.01
1.2kV
14.0
:FPRD
C821
C823
ERC06-15S
DUMPER
C820
10
560p
2kV
B
4
3
1
C
R618
10k
:CHIP
2
220p
2kV
B
R832
2.7k
1/4W
:FPRD
0.047
200V
:PT
FB610
1.1UH
R646
680
:CHIP
C665
100
4
R639
3.6Vp-p (H)
-1.2
2.6Vp-p (H)
3.6Vp-p (H)
D618
D1NL20U
1.8k
B
25V
:CHIP
13.0
1
2
D811
RGP15GPKG23
DUMPER
C827
0.047
630V
:PP
C826
0.0047
200V
R840
12
R834
18
3W
:RS
R830
18
R831
C825
L809
18µH
R640
47
C818
47
25V
18
C639
C648
0.1
2.8
3.3k
13.0
2W
160V
:LAV35
3W
3W
0.0047
B:CHIP
:PT
:RS
:CHIP
C641
470p
B
:RS
:RS
25V
14
12
15
18
R648
R649
0.22
2W
D634
MTZJ-T-77-39
R645
5.6k
B:CHIP
0.22
2W
Q604
E
13.0
B-SS8848<HK.>-A..
TP801
2SC2412K
:RN-CP
:RS
:RS
4.4
REG-DRIVE
0.7
Q602
2SC2412K
REG-SW
R835
6.8k
:CHIP
D628
1SS119
SW
R665
100k
1/2W
R629
1k
:CHIP
C828
1
2.7
9
Q803
1.3
2SK1482-T
H-DRIVE
R653
5.6k
:RN-CP
R836
10k
:CHIP
14.0Vp-p (H)
4.0Vp-p (H)
1.4Vp-p (V)
150Vp-p (H)
6.0Vp-p (H)
54.0Vp-p (V)
5.5Vp-p (V)
6.5
D624
R666
2.2k
:CHIP
R620
15k
:CHIP
C643
MTZJ-T-77-6.8A
BIAS
0.001
250V
E
DY
S
0.7
D629
1SS119
BIAS
R676
JW(10)
17
A
FB101
1.1UH
R608
15k
:CHIP
TUNER,Y/C/J,HV DEFLECTION,
POWER SUPPLY
JL118
H.DY
H.DYV.DY
V.DY
1100Vp-p (H)
CN605
TO CV BOARD
CN503
5P
BLACK
20
:S-MICRO
54.0Vp-p (V)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 87 –
– 88 –
– 89 –
– 90 –
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
TO A BOARD
T801(FBT)
FV
A
B
C
D
E
F
CN704
1P
TO A BOARD
T801(FBT)
G2
KGKB G2
1
1000V
G2
D702
C720
4700p
2kV
(AC FILTER)
F
RED.OUT
149.0
1SS119
R738
100k
1/2W
D703
C709
0.047
F
CN901
2P
CN902
5P
V901
PICTURE
TUBE
R902
1.2
10W
:RB
1SS119
J701
G4
1
2
3
4
5
200V
NC
F901
5A
250V
L701
H
2
4
6
8
C721
22
:VH
:VH
C719
0.001
B
22µH
CV
G2
:EL0607
TO A BOARD
CN803
250V
1
3
8
IC701
TDA6101Q/N3
VIDEO-AMP
G1-1
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
GND
NC
AC IN
AC IN
T902
LFT
AC
NC
NC
NC
T901
LFT
4
C901
0.1
250V
:AC
RCV
R901
1
4
2
3
(
RGB OUT, VM )
13
5
150.3
7
H1
H2
R734
100
1/2W
1M
C902
0.1
250V
:AC
RV701
110M
H1
1/2W
CN701
7P
6
HV
AC IN
D714
1SS119
VB-RECT
CV KR G1 G4
R740
0.56
2W
CN703
5P
1
3
5
9
11
7
WHT
G1-2
G1-3
:RS
:S-MICRO
AC NUET
TO A BOARD
CN601
R733
10
RED
9
R702
470k
1/2W
TO A BOARD
C716
560p
500V
B
CN903
1k
KR
KB
:S-MICRO
3.6 3.4 2.4
R
148.5
7
6
R711
2.2k
1/2W
KG
1P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H-STAT
T801(FBT)
HV
9V
:TAB
C706
24p
CH
GND
D713
MTZJ-3.9A C708
1
GND
GND
1
R
R
1
C903
0.0047
250V
TO A BOARD
R
G
D711
HSS83TD
PROTECT
G
4
R709
1.2k
CN604
R725
68k
2W
R718
3.3k
G
B
B
C707
4.7
250V
:RS
D704
1SS119
SLICE
D707
1SS119
SLICE
D705
1SS119
SLICE
5
GREEN.OUT
IK
2
3
B
B-SS8848<HK.>-F..
C715
0.047
F
TO A BOARD
CN305
139.7
R704
470
:RN
2
4
6
8
C703
47
10V
R710
470
:RN
IC703
TDA6101Q/N3
VIDEO-AMP
CN702
1P
140.1
7
1
E
1
3
5
9
C705
24p
CH
C718
560p
500V
B
3.6
3.4 2.3
139.0
R732
1k
1/2W
:RC
G
R708
1.2k
R720
3.3k
R729
68k
3W
D710
HSS83TD
PROTECT
:RS
9V
BLUE.OUT
C711
4.7
C702
100
16V
140.3
250V
C714
0.047
F
2
4
6
8
IC702
TDA6101Q/N3
VIDEO-AMP
140.8
7
CV BOARD WAVEFORMS
1
3
5
9
PAL/SECAM
NTSC
PAL/SECAM
R731
1
3
4
6
8
2
1
2
4
5
7
C717
560p
500V
B
CV
F
1k
C704
15p
CH
[
]
3.6 3.4 2.3
139.5
RGB OUT,VM
C712
0.047
F
1/2W
:RC
[
]
AC FILTER
B
Q701
D709
HSS83TD
PROTECT
R707
1.2k
R719
3.3k
2SA1309A
IK BUFFER
R727
68k
3W
R701
100
200V
:RS
3.0Vp-p (H)
NTSC
3.0Vp-p (H)
NTSC
3.0Vp-p (H)
D701
MTZJ-3.9A
SLICE
2.3
C710
C701
470p
B
– F BOARD –
2.1
4.7
CN961
6P
250V
2.1
R713
2.2k
WHT
R712
10k
PAL/SECAM
3
5
6
:S-MICRO
6
5
4
3
2
1
VM SW
VM OUT
VIDEO section
9V
C962
0.047
:PT
R962
100
E
+B
-2
3.0Vp-p (H)
PAL/SECAM
3.0Vp-p (H)
3.0Vp-p (H)
NTSC
9V
G
H
I
+B
Q967
R981
820
6.1
2SC3311A
BUFFER
C972
470
R966
1k
TO A BOARD
CN306
16V
PAL/SECAM
R977
10k
5.7
R978
100
-2
R980
100
5.4
Q968
R986
22
2SA1309A
R968
1k
:FPRD
BUFFER
+B
-2
2.4
2.4
Q962
2SC3311A
AMP
1.8
R970
R973
L961
47µH
:LAV35
C980
D964
47
100Vp-p (H)
NTSC
100Vp-p (H)
NTSC
100Vp-p (H)
PAL/SECAM
R963
1k
1SS119
10V
CN962
3P
TEMP-CORR
Q961
-2
1.8
2SC3311A
AMP
68
68
WHT
R967
270
:S-MICRO
-2
R971
220
-2
3
2
1
VM
C970
R974
C961
0.0047
500V
E
C963
33
C964
470
10V
0.1
200V
:PT
180
3W
NC
160V
Q965
VM
Q963
2SA1837
VM.DRIVE.1
:RS
-2
2SC4793
R975
1k
:FPRD
E
-2
-2
134.3
VM.DRIVE.2
-2
TO NECK ASSY
67.0
R985
R964
47
C975
470
D967
D968
R969
2.7
:FPRD
R982
47
67.1
133.8
0.4
0.9
MTZJ39
MTZJ39
2.7
:FPRD
-2
100Vp-p (H)
100Vp-p (H)
100Vp-p (H)
1/2W
10V
:FPRD
:FPRD
DC BIAS
DC BIAS
-2
CN503
5P
R979
R976
18k
R972
18k
C968
R965
C973
0.047
:PT
560
BLK
0.047
200V
:PT
560
:FPRD
:S-MICRO
:FPRD
-2
C978
C979
0.001 :PT 0.001 :PT
1
2
3
4
5
12V
NS
C969
2.2
CN551
3P
R501
160V
-2
27
STBY5V
9V
12V
6.9
BLK
– CV BOARD –
1/2W
8
:S-MICRO
R549
10k
1
2
3
GND
NS-
N.C
NS+
TO DY
24.0Vp-p (H)
1.4Vp-p (5msec)
R559
JW(5)
TO A BOARD
6.9
6.9
NS
COIL
CN605
R546
10k
D505
5
4
6
7
8
1SS119
J
D504
1SS119
IC502
M5216P
Q537
2SC3311A
PWM AMP
4.1
0.5
N/S OUT
R511
22
1W
R538
22k
:RS
6.9
C511
3
2
1
R550
10k
0
0
10
6.8
6.8
6.8 R537 10k
Q531
2SC3311A
N/S MUTE
R539
22k
R545
22k
R551
10k
0
0
0.6
Q538
2SC3311A
N/S MUTE
K
R556
100k
R555
100k
C512
47
10V
0
B-SS8848<HK.>-CV.-15
CV BOARD : IC701,702,703 TDA6101Q/N3
supply voltage
input HIGH
feedback
output
6
9
NOTE:
The circuit indicated as left contains high voltage of over
600 Vp-p. Care must be paid to prevent an electric shock in
inspection or repairing.
7V
MIRROR
MIRROR
FOLLOWERS
cathode
transient
output
7
V bias
CV BOARD : IC502 M5216P
C par
VCC
8
OUT2
7
IN2–
6
IN2+
5
–
+
INV IN
3
1
DIFFERENTIAL
STAGE
cathode
DC output
NON-INV IN
8
5
–
+
black current
measurement
output
2
CURRENT
SOURCE
MIRROR
MIRROR
+
1
–
1
3
2
4
4
GND
2
supply voltage
input LOW
OUT1
IN1–
IN1+
VEE
Schematic diagram
Schematic diagrams
< A board
CV , F boards ,
– 91 –
– 92 –
– 93 –
– 94 –
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
Title
Page
Section
Title
Page
[ VIDEO SECTION]
1. GENERAL
5. DIAGRAMS
5-1. Block Diagrams ....................................................... 105
5-2. Circuit Boards Location .......................................... 107
5-3. Printed Wiring Boards and Schematic Diagrams .... 108
1-1. INTERNAL VIEWS ............................................... 96
2. DISASSEMBLY
•
•
•
•
MA10 (1/3) Board .................................................. 111
MA10 (2/3) Board .................................................. 115
MA10 (3/3) Board .................................................. 119
FF10 Board ............................................................. 121
2-1. Top Cover Removal ................................................. 97
2-2. VCR Block Assy Removal ...................................... 97
2-3. FF10 Board Removal .............................................. 97
2-4. MA10 Board Removal ............................................ 97
2-5. Service Position (MA10 Board) .............................. 97
5-4. Semiconductors ....................................................... 122
6. EXPLODED VIEWS
3. CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS .................................... 98
6-3. Mechanism Deck Assembly (1) .............................. 126
6-4. Mechanism Deck Assembly (2) .............................. 127
6-5. Mechanism Deck Assembly (3) .............................. 128
4. INTERFACE, IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
4-1. µ-COM Poart Function Description
(MA10 Board IC001) .............................................. 101
7. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ...................................... 135
4-2. System Control-Video Block Interface
(MA10 Board IC402) .............................................. 102
4-3. System Control-Servo Peripheral Circuit Interface
(MA10 Board IC402) .............................................. 102
4-4. System Control-Mechanism Block Interface
(MA10 Board IC402) .............................................. 103
4-5. System Control-System Control Peripheral Circuit Interface
(MA10 Board IC402) .............................................. 103
4-6. System Control-Audio Block Interface
(MA10 Board IC402) .............................................. 103
4-7. Servo/System Control Port Function Description
(MA10 Board IC402) .............................................. 104
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 95 –
SECTION 1
GENERAL
1-1. INTERNAL VIEWS
- Top Side -
Drum assembly DZH-89A-R
1-759-453-11
ACE block assembly
A-6759-620-A
FE head
1-500-144-11
Pinch press block assmbly
A-6759-615-A
FL complete assembly
A-6759-619-B
Reel table (T)
3-977-508-01
Reel table (S)
3-977-507-01
M902
Capstan motor
1-698-971-11
- Bottom Side -
Timing belt
3-977-510-01
M903
Cam motor assembly (Loading motor)
X-3947-577-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 96 –
SECTION 2
DISASSEMBLY
2-1. TOP COVER REMOVAL
2-2. VCR BLOCK ASSY REMOVAL
3 Six screws
(+BVTP 3 X 12)
1 Four screws
(+BVTP 3 X 12)
RP earth plate
2 Top cover
4 VCR BLOCK assembly
1 CN701
2 Two screws
(+BVTP 3 X 12)
2-3. FF10 BOARD REMOVAL
2-4. MA10 BOARD REMOVAL
1 Screw
(+BVTP 3 X 12)
3 H holder
MA10 board
2 Four craws
4 FF10 board
2-5. SERVICE POSITION (MA10 BOARD)
MA10 board
Chassis assmbry
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 97 –
SECTION 3
CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS
[ SET-UP FOR ADJUSTMENT ]
Necessary items and indications for total adjustment of electric
circuit of this unit will be described in this chapter.
The video signal from the pattern generator is used as adjustment
signal for electrical adjustment. This video signal should meet the
requirement. Connect the oscilloscpe to the video input terminal
on the MF 1 board and make sure that the amplitudes of sync signal
of video signal, video portion and burst signal are flat at
approximately 0.3, 0.7 and 0.3 V, respectively, and that the level
ratio of the burst signal and “red siganl” are 0.30 : 0.66, Fig.3-2
shows video signals (color bars) used in adjusting the electrical
adjustment.
[ INSTRUMENTS TO BE USED ]
1) Color TV
2) Signal or dual trace type oscilloscope, band more than 30 MHz,
delay, as provided.
3) Frequency counter (4 digits or more)
4) PAL pattern generater
5) Digital voltmeter
6) Audio level meter
7) Audio generator
White (approx. 100%)
Burst signal
8) Attenuator
9) Distortion meter
Approx.
0.7V
(To be flat)
10) Alignment tape
Approx.
0.3V
Part code : H7099052H (MH-2)
Approx.
0.3V
Red
[ CONNECTION ]
Horizontal sync signal
Unless otherwise specified, connect and adjust the measurement
equipment as follows.
Fig.3-2
Alignment Tape (MH-2)
Time
Video signal
Starir-step
-
Audio signal
1
2
3
4
10 minutes
5 minutes
10 minutes
3 minutes
6kHz
3kHz
1kHz
-
Color bar
RF sweep
Pattern generator
[ SPECIFIED INPUT/OUTPUT LEVEL IMPEDANCE ]
Input/Output terminal
VIDEO INPUT
VIDEO LINE OUT (75Ω)
Video input
Pin jack
Input signal : 1Vp-p, 75Ω, unbalanced
Sync negative
Fig.3-1
AUDIO LINE IN
Pin jack
Input level : -7.5dBs
(0dBs=0.775Vrms)
Input impedance : More than 47kΩ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 98 –
X’tal OSC CHECK
CARRIER DEVIATION CHECK
Mode
PB
Mode
E-E
Signal
Alignment tape, Stair step
MA10 board Q823 emitter(NTSC)
IC802 %ªpin(PAL)
Signal
Color bar
Measurement Point
Measurement Point
MA10 board IC802 !•pin
Measurement Equipment Spectrum Analyzer
Specified Value 2-f1=1.00±0.08MHz
Measurement Equipment Oscilloscope
Specified Value 500±200mVp-p
f
Check: Confirm f2-f1=1.00±0.08MHz
Confirm f1=3.40±0.13MHz(NTSC), and
3.80±0.13MHz(PAL)
Check: 1)Confirm the frequency is 3.579545MHz±82Hz(NTSC), and
4.433619MHz±100Hz(PAL).
2)Confirm the waveform amplitude is 500±200mVp-p.
f
2
f
1
500 ± 200mVp-p
3.579545MHz ± 82Hz (NTSC)
4.433619MHz ± 100Hz (PAL)
Fig.3-3
Fig.3-5
WHITE/DARK CLIP CHECK
SYNC AGC CHECK
Mode
E-E
Mode
E-E
Signal
Color bar
Signal
Color bar
Measurement Point
MA10 board Q830 emitter
Measurement Point
MA10 board IC802 #¶pin
Measurement Equipment Oscilloscope
Specified Value 1.0±0.1Vp-p
Measurement Equipment Oscilloscope
Specified Value
190±20%(White), 55±20%(Dark)
Check: Confirm the waveform amplitude is 1.0±0.1Vp-p.
Preparation: Add 3.3kΩ resistor between IC802 $™pin and GND.
Check: Taking the height from sync to white level as 100%, check
white clip and dark clip.
White clip
100%
1.0 ± 0.1Vp-p
Fig.3-4
Dark clip
Fig.3-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 99 –
REC Y LEVEL CHECK
PBY LEVEL CHECK
Mode
E-E(SP)
Mode
PB
Signal
No signal
Signal
Color bar
Measurement Point
MA10 board IC802 !•pin
Measurement Point
MA10 board Q830 emitter
Measurement Equipment Oscilloscope
Specified Value 240±70mVp-p(NTSC)
260±70mVp-p(PAL)
Measurement Equipment Oscilloscope
Specified Value 1.0±0.1Vp-p
Check: Confirm the Vp-p of the waneform is 1.0±0.1Vp-p.
Check: Confirm the Vp-p of the waveform is 220±70mVp-p.
1.0 ± 0.1Vp-p
(Y Level)
240 ± 70mVp-p (NTSC)
260 ± 70mVp-p (PAL)
Fig.3-7
Fig.3-9
SWITCHING LOCATION ADJUSTMENT
WHEN CHANGE DRUM
REC CHROMA CHECK
Mode
REC(SP)
1.VIDEO SWITCHING LOCATION ADJUSTMENT
1) Connect between CN1004 pin 2 and pin 6 on MA10
board.
Signal
Color bar
Measurement Point
MA10 board IC802 !¢pin
Measurement Equipment Oscilloscope
Specified Value 350±60mVp-p
2) Insert switching over up tape(KRV-23PS)and push the play
back key.
Check: Confirm the Vp-p of the waveform is 350±60mVp-p.
3) Push the channel + and-keys simultaneously.
4) Short instant between CN1004 pin 1 and pin 6.(LED goes
on and off)
350 ± 60mVp-p
Less than 30µsec.
Fig.3-8
Fig.3-10
5) Adjust the channel+/- keys of the set so that waveform width
of CN702 pin 2 become minimum.(less than 30µsec.)
6) Push the pause key of the set.(LED wink disappear)
7) Remove the connection between CN1004 pin 2 and pin
6.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 100 –
SECTION 4
INTERFACE, IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
4-1. µ-COM PORT FUNCTION DESCRIPTION (MA10 BOARD IC001)
Pin No.
1
Signal
S SEL F
I/O
I
Function
S-INPUT SELECT (FRONT)
S-INPUT SELECT (REAR)
TU STEREO MODE
2
S SEL R
ST
I
3
I
4
BIL
I
TU BILINGUAL MODE
5
DGC SW
ST/ MONO
–
–
I
DGC ON/OFF CONTROL
SET MODE STEREO/MONO
6
7
–
O
O
O
I
8
MAIN /SUB
F MONO
VM SW
GP A
TU MAIN/SUB CONTROL
TU FOCE MONO CONTROL
VM ON/OFF CONTROL
"REC PON" SW A
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
GP B
I
"REC PON" SW B
GP C
I
"REC PON" SW C
ASURA CS
SLAVE RESE
J CLK
FACT
O
O
O
I
CHIP SELECT FOR ASURA
RESET FOR ASURA
JUST CLOCK DISABLE ("H" : DISAB)
FACTORY MODE
1TU /2TU
JUST CLOCK
SIRCS
HSYNC 1
HSYNC 0
SI
I
SET MODE 1TU/2TU
I
JUST CLOCK DET INPUT
REMOCON SIGNAL IN
H SYNC DET INPUT (REC)
H SYNC DET INPUT (TV)
SIGNAL DATA INPUT
I
I
I
I
SO
O
O
–
I
SIGNAL DATA OUTPUT
SIGNAL CLOCK OUTPUT
SCK
Vss
B INT
BUS INT
X TAL
EXTAL
RESET
A MUTE
CLK OS
KEY2
–
–
–
O
O
I
AUDIO MUTE
CHIP SELECT FOR RT CLOCK
KEY SCAN 2
KEY1
I
KEY SCAN 1
AFT1
I
AFT DET 1
AFT0
I
AFT DET 0
OVP
I
OVP DET
G SW
XLC
I
"REC PON" SW
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
–
I
EXLC
OSD R
OSD G
OSD B
I
YS
YM
SDA1
12C BUS DATA FOR YCJ etc
12C BUS DATA FOR NVM
12C BUS CHECK FOR YCJ etc
12C BUS CHECK FOR NVM
POWER LED
SDA0
SCL1
SCL0
LED2
LED1
STBY LED
NS
NS COIL CONTROL (PWM)
VOLUME CONTROL (PWM)
VOL
MP
NC
Vdd
Vss
HPULSE
VPULSE
CRTPOW
VCRPOW
M SW
SP MUTE
I
O
O
I
CRT POWER ON
VCR POWER ON
MAIN SW
O
SPEAKER MUTE
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 101 –
4-2. SYSTEM CONTROL-VIDEO BLOCK INTERFACE (MA10 BOARD IC402)
TAPE
TAPE
PB ·
PICTURE SEARCH
REC ·
Signal
Pin No.
I/O
O
STOP
*1
FF
*1
REW
*1
THREADING UNTHREADING
PB
*1
PAUSE
SLOW
*1
X2
*1
CUE
*1
REVIEW
*1
REC
*1
PAUSE
RF SW P (SW30)
IC402 1
*1
L
*1
L
*1
*3
*5
*1
L
Q VD
IC402 4
O
I
L
L
L
*2
*5
*3
*5
*3
*5
*3
*5
*3
*5
L
V SYNC
IC402 ^§
*4
*4
*4
*5
*5
*5
*5
*1. 30Hz 50% duty pulse synchronizing with drum rotation.
*2. Normally “L” . “H” when the video signal is not detected.
*3. V period “H” pulse.
*4. “H” in the LP mode. Selected according to the recording mode.
*5. Selected according to the tape recording mode.
4-3. SYSTEM CONTROL-SERVO PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT INTERFACE (MA10 BOARD IC402)
TAPE
TAPE
PB ·
PAUSE
HI-Z
PICTURE SEARCH
REC ·
PAUSE
HI-Z
Signal
REC CTL
Pin No.
I/O
O
STOP
HI-Z
FF
REW
HI-Z
HI-Z
THREADING UNTHREADING
PB
SLOW
HI-Z
X2
CUE
HI-Z
HI-Z
REVIEW
HI-Z
REC
*1
IC402 7
HI-Z
HI-Z
HI-Z
HI-Z
HI-Z
HI-Z
HI-Z
HI-Z
HI-Z
HI-Z
O
HI-Z
HI-Z
HI-Z
(O.D)
L
CAP STOP
IC402 #¢
L
L
*3
(O.D)
(O.D)
L
(O.D)
L
(O.D)
L
(O.D)
L
(O.D)
L
(O.D)
L
(O.D)
L
(O.D)
L
(O.D)
L
STEP PLS
PB CTL
IC402 (ª
IC402 ^¶
IC402 ^•
IC402 ^ª
IC402 &º
IC402 &£
IC402 &¢
IC402 0
O
I
L
H
L
H/L
*1
*2
*2
*6
*6
*1
*6
*6
*6
*1
H
DRUM PG
DRUM FG
CAP FG
I
*4
*1
*1
*5
*5
*5
*5
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
I
*4
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
I
H/L
*8
*6
*6
*5
*5
*6
H/L
*8
*2
*6
*6
*6
*6
H/L
*8
CAP DA
O
O
I/O
*8
*8
*8
*8
*9
*8
*9
*9
*9
*9
DRUM DA
CTL RESET
*10
HI-Z
*10
HI-Z
*10
HI-Z
*10
HI-Z
*10
HI-Z
*10
HI-Z
*10
HI-Z
*10
*11
*10
HI-Z
*10
HI-Z
*10
HI-Z
*10
HI-Z
*10
HI-Z
*1. 30Hz 50% pulse.
*2. Pulse in tape running.
*3. Reverse logic pulse of STEP PLS.
*4. “L” when drum rotation stops.
*5. Unstable period pulse.
*6. Pulse of Period proportionate to tape speed.
*7. 360Hz pulse.
*8. Pulse in tape running.
*9. Approx. 2 msec. period “H” or “L” pulse.
*10. Approx. 1.5 msec. period “H” or “L” pulse.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-4. SYSTEM CONTROL-MECHANISM BLOCK INTERFACE (MA10 BOARD IC402)
CASSETTE CASSETTE TAPE
TAPE
PB ·
PICTURE SEARCH
REC ·
Signal
Pin No.
I/O EJECTED LOADING UNLOADING THREADING UNTHREADING STOP
FF
REW
PB
PAUSE SLOW
X2
CUE
REVIEW
REC
PAUSE
CAM UN LOAD IC402 9
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HI-Z
L
H
H
L
L
L
H/L
H/L
H
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
L
L
L
*7
L
H
H
H
*7
L
H
H
L
H
*2
*3
*3
*7
L
H
H
L
H
*2
*3
*3
*7
L
H
L
L
L
*2
*3
*3
*7
L
H
L
L
*7
L
H
L
L
L
*2
*3
*3
*7
L
H
L
L
L
*2
*3
*3
*7
L
H
L
L
L
*2
*3
*3
*7
L
L
L
H
L
*2
*3
*3
*7
L
H
L
L
L
*2
*3
*3
*7
L
H
L
L
CAM LOAD
MODE 1
MODE 2
MODE 3
MODE 4
IC402 8
IC402 @™
IC402 @¡
IC402 @º
IC402 !ª
*1
*1
*1
*1
*2
H/L
*3
*1
*1
*1
*1
*2
H/L
*3
H
H
L
L
L
C IN REC PRF IC402 !¶
*2
H/L
H/L
*2
H/L
H/L
*2
H/L
H/L
*2
H/L
H/L
*2
H/L
H/L
T REEL FG
S REEL FG
IC402 ^¢
IC402 ^£
O
IC402 #∞
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
T/S LED
(O.D)
O
IC402 #¢
L
L
L
H
H
L
H
H
H
L
*5
H
H
H
H
L
CAP STOP
(O.D)
CAP RVS
T SENS
S SENS
IC402 &™
IC402 ^¡
IC402 ^™
O
I
I
L
*4
*4
H
*6
*6
L
*6
*6
H/L
*6
*6
H
*6
*6
L
*6
*6
H
*6
*6
H
*6
*6
H/*5
*6
*6
H
*6
*6
H
*6
*6
L
*6
*6
H
*6
*6
H
*6
*6
*4
*4
*4
*4
*1. Uncertainty.
*2. “L” when the erasing protection tab is bent, “H” when not bent.
*3. Pulse of period proportionate to reel rotation speed.
*4. Apporx. 2 msec. period “H” pulse.
*5. Pulse in tape running.
*6. Normally “L”. 2 msec. period “H” pulse when tape top or tape end is detected.
*7. “L” when unloading to switchover. “H” when loading. “HI-Z” when CAM motor is stop.
4-5. SYSTEM CONTROL-SYSTEM CONTROL PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT INTERFACE (MA10 BOARD IC402)
Signal
ASURA RESET
ASURA CS
S IN 0
Pin No.
IC402 $º
IC402 $¢
IC402 $∞
IC402 $§
IC402 $¶
I/O
Function
I
I
Normally "H"."L"when service interruption is detected or restored.
Chip select signal from the timer microprocessor. V period “L” pulse.
Serial communication data from the timer microprocessor. V period “L” pulse.
Serial communication data to the timer microprocessor. V period “L” pulse.
Serial communication clock with the timer microprocessor. V period “L” pulse.
I
S OUT 0
O
I
S CLK
4-6. SYSTEM CONTROL-AUDIO BLOCK INTERFACE (MA10 BOARD IC402)
TAPE
TAPE
PB ·
PICTURE SEARCH
REC ·
Sigmal
A MUTE
Pin No.
I/O
STOP
L
FF
L
REW
L
LOADING
UNLOADING
PB
*1
PAUSE
SLOW
H
X2
H
CUE
REVIEW
REC
PAUSE
O
(O.D)
IC402 $ª
L
L
H
H
H
L
L
*1. 30Hz 50% duty pulse approximately 5 msec. delayed from RF SW P.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-7. SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL PORT FUNCTION DESCRIPTION (MA10 BOARD IC402)
Pin No.
1
Signal
RF SWP
–
–
QVD
I/O
O
–
Function
Pin No.
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
Signal
GND
AVss
AV ref
AVdd
SECAM/SVHS
GND
DEW
GND
I/O
O
–
–
–
I
O
I
O
–
I
I
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
I
Function
RF SWITCHING PULSE
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
–
O
O
–
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
I
–
I
I
I
I
QUASI VD
CTL CONTROL
CTLHYS HIGH
–
SVHS DET IN
DEW SENSOR
REC CTL
CAM LOAD
CAM UNLOAD
CTL RESET
–
–
–
–
–
REC CTL SIGNAL
CAM LOADING
CAM UNLOADING
CTL CONTROL
–
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
RF ENV
T SENS
S SENS
SREEL FG
TREEL FG
GND
VSYNC
PB CTL
DRM PG
DRM FG
CAP FG
–
CAP RVS
CAP DA
DRM DA
JOG
S VHS
REC COUNT
–
–
SO 1
SCK1
GND
V PB
CAP PWM
–
–
–
Vss
Vdd
–
–
VIDEO RF ENVELOPE DET
TAPE TOP SENSOR
TAPE END SENSOR
S-REEL FG
T-REEL FG
–
C IN
–
V SYNC SIGNAL IN
PB CTL SIGNAL
DRUM PG
DRUM FG
CAPSTAN FG
CASSETTE IN
MODE4
MODE3
MODE2
MODE1
LED6
LED5
LED4
LED3
–
SDA
–
SCL
–
–
GND
CAP STOP
T/S LED
GND
GND
GND
MP
MD MODE DET
MD MODE DET
MD MODE DET
MD MODE DET
REC PON LED
ON TIMER LED
REC LED
I
–
O
O
O
O
O
I
CAPSTAN REVERSE
CAPSTAN D/A OUTPUT
DRUM D/A OUTPUT
JOG CONTROL
S VHS DET OUT
REC CTL COUNT
O
O
O
O
–
TIMER REC LED
I/O I2C BUS DATA FOR VIDEO/HiFi
–
–
–
O
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
–
O
–
–
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
–
–
I
I2C BUS CLOCK FOR VIDEO/HiFi
T/S LED CONTROL
SERIAL DATA OUTPUT FOR RP AMP
SERIAL CLOCK FOR RP AMP
VIDEO PB MODE
CAPSTAN
ASURA RESET
Vss
XTAL
EXTAL
ASURA CS
S IN 0
S OUT 0
S CLK
GND
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
ASURA u-COM CHIP SELECT
SERIAL DATA IN
I
O
I
O
O
I
SERIAL DATA OUT
SERIAL CLOCK
MUTE
POS
AUDIO MUTE
STEP PLS
–
SWITCHING POSITION ADJ MODE
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CN1003
SYSTEM CONTROL,MAIN MICON,
1
2
D 5.8V
GND(A)
CN1001
VCR SERVO,AUDIO OUT,Y/C PROCESS,
CN702
GND
MA10
•
AUDIO PROCESS,VIDEO AFM REC/PB AMP
3
2
1
GND(AV)
NC
3
4
5
6
SW 5V
SW 9V
SECTION 5
DIAGRAMS
4
3
2
1
FULL
ERASE
HEAD
RF SWP
PB RF
REC CUR
CHECK
CONNECTOR
FE HEAD
D
V FM AMP
Q808
V FM AMP
Q803
BUFF
Q812
GND(M)
IC802 Y/C PROCESS
IC801 1H DELAY
CONT 2
MTR 13.2V
TO
A BOARD
7
8
VCC(SP)
GND(SP)
CN302
IC701 VIDEO REC/PB AMP
17
21
60/50 41
Y OUT 42
6
5
V PB IN
TRICK HIGH OUT
CN1002
CTL(X)
JOG SW
Q809
Y IN
Y OUT
7
REC CUR
30
CN701
6
5
4
3
2
CTL HEAD
CTL(Y)
NT+2FSC 43
11 CONT 1
HIFI CH2 F
1
HIFI CH2
SP CH1
A ERASE HEAD
GND(AV)
2
3
4
HIFI CH2 S
SP CH1 F
SP CH1 S
AUDIO
ERASE HEAD
C OUT1 50
C OUT2 48
OSC 59
1
3
C IN1
C IN2
13
C OUT
BUFF
Q701
5-1. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
5-2. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION
V FM BUFF
Q801
CAPSTAN MOTOR
PB VIDEO
SW(REC)
PB RF 22
3
2
15 V PB
A HEAD REC
AUDIO
REC/PB HEAD
CLK 10
1
A HEAD PB
5
HIFI CH1 F
X801
4.43MHz
HIFI CH1
SP CH2
6
7
8
HIFI CH1 S
SP CH2 F
SP SH2 S
CAPSTAN
OSC 60
OSC 56
CAP FG
FG
AMP
PB VIDEO
SW(REC)
5
6
20 V SUB PB
SENSOR
VIDEO BLOCK
X802
18 Y REC
14 C REC
3.58MHz
Y/C MIX
Q815
CLK BUFF
Q823
IC1
OSC 55
REC VIDEO
REC RF
RF SWP
4
28
17
CAPSTAN
MOTOR DRIVE
C BUFF
Q825
14
15
16
C IN 52
M902
CAPSTAN
MOTOR
66 RF SWP
M
CN403
Y BUFF
Q824
37 COMP SYNC
COMP SYNC
DATA
Y IN 40
REC/PB SIG. 25
CLAMP IN 26
18
19
LOGIC
SW 5V
CAP RVS
CAP FG
REF
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
U(+)
32
1
2
3
4
5
6
FRC
BUFF
Q821
CLOCK
U(-)
V(+)
20
72 70
84
IC403(1/2)
T1001
BIAS OSC TRANS.
CAP MOTOR D/A AMP
HALL
RF ENV
26
V(-)
W(+)
W(-)
DRIVE
1
6
CAP VS
LIM
2
1
5
6
5
6
-V IN1 OUT1
22 VS
21 LIMIT
73
34
CAP DA
MTR 13V
GND(M)
7
8
7
8
5
4
CV
CAP STOP
GND(A)
9
9
STEP PLS 99
3
OSC
Q1001
AUDIO OUT(REC)
BIAS SW
5
6
LED DRIVE
Q451
35
61
T/S LED
T SENS
Q452
BIAS SW
Q1002
TAKE-UP
END SENSOR
D451
T/S
LED
IC1001
AUDIO HEAD SW
IC1 DRUM MOTOR DRIVE
OUTPUT
FF10
3
5
2
77 AL OUT
79 NOR AU
S SENS 62
F
M901
DRUM
MOTOR
D +5V
Q453
SUPPLY
END SENSOR
4
A-H SW 80
M
OUTPUT
MATRIX
64 SDA
63 SCL
AUDIO IN(PB)
7
CN1004
HALL
IC403(2/2)DROM D/A AMP
GND (A)
NC
6
5
4
DEVICE
IC405
CTL AMP
IC404
CTL AMP
CN401
PB AL
PB V
-V IN2
DRA DA 74
6
7
OUT2
7
6
5
4
D VS
GND(M)
D FG
7
6
5
4
AL OUT
V OUT
MA10
FOR JIG
OUT1-VIN
1
2
7
OUT1
1
5
3
+VIN
1
1
7 REC CTL
REC COUNT
3
2
A
DRUM FG
DRUM PG
77
69
68
DRM FG
DRM PG
FACT MODE
SWP
MTR 12V
1
67PB CTL
-VIN
2
OUT2
3
2
1
D PG
GND(A)
SW 5V
3
2
1
SW
Q402
IC901 A/V SW
5 CTL HYS/HIGHT
DRUM MOTOR
J101
73 VCR AL IN
39
40
VCR L
VCR V
42XTAL
BUFF
Q1101
V
L
8
ACK OUT 62
FR V
X430
16MHz
10 FR Y
43EXTAL
BUFF
Q901
9
SECAM/S VHS D 65
MUTE CTL 70
FR AL
30 VCR V IN
S451
REC PRF
IC401
CAM MOTOR DRIVE
17C IN
46
47
CN404
CAM(-)
CAM(+)
M903
LOADING MOTOR
PB AL
PB V
8
9
3
4
CAM1
CAM2
2
BUFF
Q830
CAM LOAD
CAM(-)
1
2
1
2
QVD 33
38 VCR V OUT
CAM UNLOAD
CAM(+) 10
M
3
CAM(+)
3
S401
MODE 4 19
1
2
MODE 4
MODE 3
1
2
27
26
SDA 1
SCL 1
ROTARY
SWITCH
MECHA
FROM IC001
MODE 3 20
MODE 2 21
MODE 1 22
$¶,$ª
60
66
1
28 30
4
49
55
79
10
3
4
MODE 2
MODE 1
3
4
POSITION
5
GND(A)
5
80
81
50
SO1
T REEL FG
PH452
T REEL FG 64
SCK1
SW POS
SW P
1C402 SYSTEM CONTROL
S REEL FG
PH451
63
S REEL FG
23
24
25
26
1144 40 46 45 47
EJECT SW,
LED
CN1301
CN004
X001
8.38MHz
FF10
V BUFF
Q902
9
8
D 5V
D 5V
9
8
33
TV V
LED 6
LED 6
FUNCTION
LED
7
LED 5
LED 5
7
IC002 N.V.M.
6
5
LED 4
LED 3
LED 4
LED 3
6
5
28
29
7
14 15 23 24 25
CN002
TU AL(REC)
TU V(REC)
1
2
51 LED 2
52 LED 1
5 SDA
6 CLK
4
3
2
1
LED 2
LED 1
EJECT
GND A
LED 2
LED 1
EJECT
GND A
4
3
2
1
SDA0 48
D1303-D1308
SCL0 50
16
RE AL
RE LINE L
RE LINE Y
3
4
15 RE V
NC
5
S1301
EJECT
SDA1 47
SCL1 49
TO
IC1101
SIRCS
TO
RE LINE C
TU AL(TV)
TU V(TV)
6
7
IC901
A BOARD
CN303
B
22
RU AL(TV)
30
TV L
@§,@¶
SIRCS
2
20
OUT
8
9
23 RU V(TV)
NC
FACT MODE
TV C
10
FACT
KEY1
KEY2
RESET
17
34
33
30
GND(A)
TV Y
11
12
13
K2
K3
CN001
K1
K2
1TU/2TU 18
1
2
1TU/2TU/NI
S SEL R
AFT1/RST Q
AFT 0(TV)
OSD R
TV V
K4
FUNCTION KEY MATRIX
S1102-S1109
RST Q
3
3
S001
D1118
D1119
K3
K4
IC001 MAIN µ-COM
G SW
38
AFT0 36
OSD R 41
OSD G 42
OSD B 43
4
IC201 AUDIO OUT
5
D1117
A
D +5V
GP A
11
6
OSD G
B
C
7
OSD B
IC003 RESET
14
OUT
GP B
GP C
12
13
J1102
HEADPHONE
8
OVP
OVP 37
YS 45
I
O
9
YM/YS
TO
5
7
TV(L)
SVRR
DGC
5
10
11
12
13
DGC
A BOARD
CN301
A
SDA1
MUTE
Q201
BUFF
Q002
SP MUTE
64
SCL1
CN251
BINT 27
B INT
VOL
SP L OUT
GND(SP)
GND(SP)
1
2
3
54
31
NS 53
3
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
NS
VOL
SP
INV.
Q001
V PLS
V PULSE 60
A MUTE
10
MUTE
H PLS
CRT PWR
VCR PWR
VM SW
CRT POW 61
VCR POW 62
H SYNC 0
22
VM SW 10
M SW 36
RELAY IN
RELAY OUT
S1101
POWER
INV
Q003
H PULSE 59
MUTE
Q009
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 105 –
– 106 –
– 107 –
– MA10 BOARD –
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
SYSTEM CONTROL, MAIN MICON
VCR SERVO, AUDIO OUT
MA10 (1/3)
MA10 (2/3)
MA10 (3/3)
[
[
]
Y/C PROCESS
5-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
Note:
•
•
•
All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. pF: µµF
Capacitors without voltage indication are all 50V.
All resistors are in ohms.
A
B
C
D
E
]
VIDEO REC/PB AMP
kΩ = 1000Ω, MΩ = 1000kΩ
Indication of resistance, which does not have one for rating electrical
power, is as follows.
MA10 BOARD
IC
Pitch: 5 mm
Rating electrical power: 1/4W(CHIP:1/10W)
Q821 D-5 1
Q823 E-5 1
Q824 E-5 1
Q825 E-5 1
Q830 D-5 1
Q901 D-2 1
Q902 D-2 1
•
•
•
•
•
: nonflammable resistor.
: fusible resistor.
IC001
IC002
IC003
IC201
IC401
IC402
IC403
IC404
IC405
IC701
IC801
IC802
IC901
IC1001
IC1101
B-6
C-6
B-6
B-1
A-4
B-4
B-3
D-7
D-7
E-3
E-5
D-6
C-2
E-6
A-7
: internal component.
f
: panel designation and adjustment for repair.
All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B, unless
otherwise noted.
Q1001 E-7
-
Q1002 D-6 1
Q1101 A-1 1
•
: earth-chassis.
•
•
•
•
Readings are taken with a color-bar signal input.
Readings are taken with a 10MΩ digital multimeter.
Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production tolerances.
All voltages are in V.
DIODE
*
D001 C-7
D002 C-7
D004 B-6
D005 A-6
D006 B-5
D007 B-5
D201 B-7
D202 B-7
D251 C-7
D252 D-7
D253 D-7
D254 C-6
D402 B-3
D403 C-7
D405 E-4
D406 C-6
D451 C-4
D1101 A-1
D1103 A-1
D1105 A-2
D1110 A-7
D1117 A-5
D1118 A-5
D1119 A-5
no mark : REC/PB
(
) : REC
> : PB
<
•
•
•
•
Circled numbers are waveform reference.
TRANSISTOR
V
: B + line
V
*
: B – line.
Q001 B-2 1
: signal path.
Q002 B-2 1
Q003 B-6 1
Q009 B-7 1
Q201 B-1 1
Q402 D-7 1
Q451 C-4
Q452 C-6
Q453 C-2
Q701 E-3 1
Q801 C-4 1
Q803 D-5 1
Q808 D-5 1
Q809 D-5 1
Q812 D-5 1
Q815 D-6 1
÷
Reference information
CAPACITOR : TA
TANTALUM
STYROL
RESISTOR
: RN
METAL FILM
: PS
: PP
: PT
: RC
SOLID
-
-
-
POLYPROPYLENE
MYLAR
: FPRD
: FUSE
: RW
: RS
NONFRAMMABLE CARBON
NONFRAMMABLE FUSIBLE
NONFRAMMABLE WIREWOUND
NONFRAMMABLE METAL OXIDE
NONFRAMMABLE CEMENT
ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
MICRO INDUCTOR
: MPS
METALIZED POLYESTER
METALIZED POLYPROPYLENE
BIPOLAR
: MPP
: ALB
: ALT
: ALR
: RB
HIGH TEMPERATURE
HIGH RIPPLE
:Ŷ
COIL
: LF-8L
Terminal name of semiconductors in silk screen
printed circuit (
)
*
Circuit
Device
Printed symbol
Terminal name
Collector
Transistor
1
Emitter
Collector
Emitter
Base
Transistor
Diode
2
3
Base
Cathode
Anode
Cathode
4
5
6
7
Diode
Diode
Diode
Diode
(NC)
Anode
Cathode
(NC)
Anode
Common
Note: The components identified by shading and mark B
are critical for safety. Replace only with part
nummber specified.
Anode Cathode
Common
Anode Cathode
Ver.1.6
(Chip semiconductors that are not actually used are included.)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 108 –
– 109 –
– 110 –
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
TO DRUM MOTOR
FOR JIG
TO A BOARD CN302
A
B
C
D
E
F
CN401
7P
CN1004
6P
CN1003
8P
VOLTAGE
(1/3)
MA10
no mark:REC/PB
( ) :REC
IC201
TDA7494
SYSTEM CONTROL,MAIN MICON,
VCR SERVO,AUDIO OUT
AUDIO OUT
F2
< > :PB
F1
F5
F6
C220
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15
1000
25V
SW5V
AUDIO
N3
R204
10k
R15
R1
4.9
D406
R411
4.7k
11ES2
Q402
2.1
:CHIP
L401
R205
1k
:CHIP
R206
330k
:CHIP
R219
220
R216
2.2
UN2113
SW
JW(5)
:CHIP
C218
1000
:FPRD
9.6
1.6
C214
220
25V
CTL(X)
CTL(Y)
C425
0.1
C219
0.1
25V
TO
0
IC404
BA10393F
25V
R218
220k
:CHIP
Q201
2SD601A
MUTE
MA(2/3)
R220
4.7k
:CHIP
IC405
F:CHIP
C208
4.7
C211
2.2
C217
1
CTL AMP
(1.8)
2.4 <2.1>
F:CHIP
SW 5V
BA6305F
CTL AMP
2.2
C210
0.001
B:CHIP
5
4
6
7
8
5
4
6
3
7
2
8
1
TO
C409
47
D405
SW9V
GND(A)
RF ENV
RF SWP
11ES2
MA(2/3)
6.3V
G1
CN251
3P
AUDIO
SPEAKER
R918
4.7k
G2
R211
10k
:CHIP
N2
:CHIP
1
2
3
SP L OUT
GND(SP)
GND(SP)
G3
COMP SYNC
DATA
C410
0.047
F:CHIP
(2.4)
<2.8>
AUDIO
G4
VIDEO(REC)
S1
R210
2.2k
:CHIP
3
2
1
R414
100k
:CHIP
G5
CLOCK
VCR V
VCR L
R418
100k
:CHIP
R435
C422
R909
(1.7)
<1.3>
(1.8)
<2.1>
Q902
2SB709A
V BUFF
1.4 1.2
VIDEO(PB)
G7
S2
C413
330p
1k
C424
1
0.0056
B:CHIP
2.2k
NT JUDGE
2.4 2.2 2.4
:CHIP
:CHIP
CH:CHIP
G9
C209
0.33
AUDIO(REC)
SCL
R913
0
:CHIP
G10
G12
G13
G14
R212
820
:CHIP
VIDEO
(PB)
SDA
C412
1
R916
R420
R430
330
C421
100
10V
2.2k
680k
R417
390k
:CHIP
A MUTE
VIDEO(PB)
S7
:CHIP
:CHIP :CHIP
R412
2.2k
:CHIP
C906
470
PB V
PB AL
AUDIO(PB)
SECAM/SVHSD
QVD
SW9V
Q2
Q1
16V
C414
47
6.3V
S8
C202
1
R914
100
:CHIP
R919
100
:CHIP
R416
220k
:CHIP
R419
100k
:CHIP :CHIP
R429
4.7k
R436
560
:CHIP
C905
0.1
25V
R437
R920
4.7k
B:CHIP
100
13
:CHIP
R215
0
:CHIP
:CHIP
R415
100k
:CHIP
36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
CN002
13P
VIDEO(REC)
12
R901
4.7k
C904
10
C920
1
4.5
R934
100
:CHIP
(2.8)
<2.4>
1
2
VCC
TU AL(REC)
TU V(REC)
RE LINE L
RE LINE Y
NC
:CHIP
16V
37
24 5.1
23
BIAS
NC
NC
VIDEO(REC)
F:CHIP
Q901
2SB709A
BUFF
R29.023kAUDIO(REC)38
CN403
9P
S1
S2
TU V(TV)
TU AL(TV)
NC
JW401
7.5MM
CTL CHECK
4.5
3
:CHIP
39
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
VCR L
VCR V
NC
SW 5V
1
4.4
40
(4.2)
4
SW 5V
CAP RVS
CAP FG
REF
C901
10
16V
R926
100
:CHIP
C917
1
AUDIO
C2
C3
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
5
(2.1)
<1.8>
16V
IC901
CXA2089Q
A/V SW
GND(A)
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
NC
F:CHIP
R402
<3.6>
6
R401
AUDIO
RE LINE C
TU AL(TV)
TU V(TV)
NC
C402
47
6.3V
10k
10k
TRAP
NC
RE C
NC
:CHIP
:CHIP
R902
2.2k
:CHIP
7
C919
1
R101
10k
R928
GND(M)
MTR 12V
8
CAP VS
LIM
100
16V
GND(A)
NC
RE Y
RE AL
RE V
NC
C1
:CHIP
:CHIP
F:CHIP
9
R911
100k
:CHIP
R905
AUDIO
(PB)
S8
C907
1 16V F:CHIP
0
100
4.5
3.9
10
11
12
13
MTR 13V
GND (M)
GND (A)
TV C
:CHIP
D005
MTZJ-T-77-3.3
R007
2.2k
PB AL
4.5
4.3
Q009
2SD601A
MUTE
14
GND(A)
TV Y
S7
R931
100
:CHIP
C923
1
PB V
NC
C430
10p
CH:CHIP
16V
0.7
VIDEO
(PB)
NC
C908
1
16V
F:CHIP
TO CAPSTAN MOTOR
TV V
TO A BOARD
CN303
VIDEO
(PB)
C401
0.047
F:CHIP
C431
15p
CH:CHIP
F:CHIP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
R459
33k
R461
C441
0.01
33k
:CHIP
:CHIP
R470
470
:CHIP
R917
100
:CHIP
F:CHIP
X430
R421
18k
:CHIP
R474
D 5V
16MHz
10k
R471
470
:CHIP
:CHIP
R451
R452
C912
1
2.2k
T.S.LED
MA10 BOARD
Ref No.
mark LIST
R443
1k :CHIP
39
:CHIP
*
1/4W
16V
R463
JW(5)
R472
470
:CHIP
F:CHIP
R453
39
1/4W
C416
0.01
KV-VF21M77
KV-VF21M40/M70
CXP87852-062Q
C415
0.022
:PT
D451
GL528V1
R424
10k
R422
39k
:CHIP
R473
470
:CHIP
F:CHIP
0.2
R423
:RN-CP
1k
4.9
C455
330
6.3V
:CHIP
IC402
CXP87852-061Q
2.5 2.5 2.5
1.7
R408
10k
0.5
C417
22
25V
R406
1.5k
:CHIP
:CHIP
8
1
7
2
6
5
3.6
G
H
I
G9
Q451
IC403
NJM062M
CAP/DRUM
DA AMP
GND
AVSS
SCLø
NC
2SC1815GR
LED DRIVE
R407
1.5k
:CHIP
0.1
G10
3
AV ref
AVDD
SDAø
NC
R409
10k
R465
C432
3.6
4.9
680
0.1
25V
:CHIPL3
3
4
:CHIP
G13
G12
R460
2.2k
:CHIP
LED 3
(0.3)<0>
SECAM/SVHSD
F:CHIP
C419
2.2
R487
R425
2.2k
:CHIP
C418
0.027
:PT
0.3
GND
DEW
4.2(SECAM)
L4
680 :CHIP
R466
2.5
2.5 2.5
LED 4
LED 5
4.9
4.9
680 :CHIP
R467
D 5V
R410
1k
L5
L6
R427
180k
:CHIP
R426
2.2k
:CHIP
R433
10k
:CHIP
680 :CHIP
R428
10k
:RN-CP
0.1
GND
GND(A)
LED 6
MODE1
MODE2
MODE3
MODE4
NC
:CHIP
4.9
0.1
SW9V
D1
D2
D3
D4
C014
SW9V
R053
2.2k
:CHIP
0.1
25V
AF ENV
RF ENV
(0)<1.2>
D006
MTZJ-T-77-5.1
G1
L004
10
µ
H
F:CHIP
0.1
0.1
4.9
4.9
*
Q002
I4
I3
I2
I1
R065
100k
:CHIP
R070
220
:CHIP
T SENS
2SD601A
BUFF
C015
100 10V
D004
MTZJ-T-77-6.2
5.0
C020
S SENS
0.047
25V
D402
1SS119
4.1
4.3
SREEL FG
TREEL FG
C013
10
R096
6.8k
:CHIP
B:CHIP
8.6
MA10(1/3) BOARD WAVEFORMS
*
IC002
M24C16-MN6T
N.V.M
0
C IN
NC
Q001
2SB709A
INV
R484
1k
:CHIP
R066
680
:CHIP
IC402
R476
1k
L002
10
GND
R046
100
:CHIP
4.9
4
*
R078
10k
µH
4.7
(2.3)
:CHIP
REC/PB
SYSTEM CONTROL
REC
REC/PB
G3
:EL0607
2
3
6
1
4
7
VSYNC
0.5
PB CTL
DRM PG
0.1
DRM FG
0.8
NC
R068
470
:CHIP
R067
:CHIP
R052
R051
4.7k
:CHIP
<1.7>
F2
C019
220p
R064
1M
:CHIP
Q003
UN2211
R477
1k
MTR12V
SDA VSS
D007
1SS119
470
R060
10k
:CHIP
R059
10k
4.7
NC
:CHIP
B:CHIP
C022
47
16V
12k
R077
R073
:CHIP
R028
0
:CHIPF3
5
CLK
A2
A1
A0
INV
:CHIP
47k
10k
R045
0
R047
100
:CHIP
NC
IC401
LB1643
CAM MOTOR DRIVE
R469
1k
:CHIP
:CHIP
:CHIP
:CHIP
0.1
4V
R403F4 2.8
1k
:CHIP
K6
:CHIP
NC
4.9(SECAM)
GND(A)
2.5
6
VDD
SECAM
(1.8)<1.4>
CTL RESET
CAP FG
JW001
5MM
R479
R478
C3
C2
F5
R438
0
L403
10
4.7k
1k
R054 1k :CHIP
NC
7
µ
H
R084
220
:CHIP
R058
390
C008
:CHIP
:CHIP
R097
10k
:CHIP
5.0Vp-p (16MHz)
REC/PB
2.5
A1
5.0Vp-p (V)
REC/PB
4.0Vp-p (V)
REC/PB
0.01
CAP RVS
CAP DA
DRM DA
JOG
CAM UNLOAD
CN001
21P
:CHIP
R444
0
R454
D002
F:CHIP
PH451
GP3S120
S.REEL
4.8
2.5
2.5
B2
B1
330
R057
1k
:CHIP
MTZJ-T-77-6.2
R055
220
:CHIP
R056
220
:CHIP
CAM LOAD
1/4W
R455
R458
33k
:CHIP
R040
A2
D5V
R14
R7
2.5
F6
:CHIP
47k
:CHIP
R048
470
680
REC CTL
1.2
*
1
2
1TU/2TU/NI
S SEL R/PLL
AFT1/RST Q
AFT0(TV)
OSD R
:CHIP
:CHIP
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
R043
4.7k
:CHIP
2
1
2
3
R480
1k
:CHIP :CHIP
R481
1k
2.7
NC
D5V
R405
10k
:CHIP
:CHIP
0
R30
F1
C456
0.001
B:CHIP
CTLHYS HIGH
0
4.1
3
S VHS
PH452
4.9
0
4
GP3S120
R044
4.7k
:CHIP
4.9
4
REC COUNT
NC
R041
4.7k
:CHIP
QVD
NC
R042
4.7k
:CHIP
R450
15k
2.4
G7
(4.0)
<4.4>
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q8
Q3
R445
47k
T.REEL
2.5
5
1.2
G14
G2
PAL/SECAM:4.0Vp-p
(1.6msec)
NTSC:4.0Vp-p (1.4msec)
PAL/SECAM:5.0Vp-p
(20msec)
NTSC:5.0Vp-p (34msec)
:CHIP
A1
A2
D403
1
2
4
:CHIP
R447
22k
:CHIP
(2.3)
<2.8>
6
J
NT JUDGE
SO1
NC
RF SWP
OSD G
R456
47k
:CHIP
0
G4
C460
R003
1k
:CHIP
LED2
SCL0
SCL1
SDA0
SDA1
YM0
4.7
7
OSD B
3.7Vp-p (V)
REC/PB
S SEL F
S SEL R
NC
0.001
4.9
3
R446
B:CHIP
R039 100 :CHIP
4.8
12k
8
10
OVP
11ES2
4.9
11
:CHIP
R449
22k
:CHIP
R099
Q453
C457
0.001
B:CHIP
*
R038 100 :CHIP
Q1
Q2
9
YM/YS
4.7
C407
0.01
F:CHIP
1k
RPT-37PBT32
1
NC
R432
10k
:CHIP
C458
:CHIP
REC/PB
REC/PB
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
R037 100 :CHIP
R036 100 :CHIP
GDC
9
4.7
4.7
8
Q452
RPT-37PBT32
0.001
R10
R448
12k
:CHIP
R10
S.SENS
DGC
Q2
Q1
Q7
B:CHIP
0
SDA1
D001
1SS119
4.8
2.8
0.1
ST(NICAM)/MONO
G5
C406
0.01
R404
10k
:CHIP
T.SENS
C405
47
16V
0
R035 1k :CHIP
SCL1
SECAM
NC
NC
(0)<4.8>
VM SW
GP A
GP B
YS0
F:CHIP
R063
1.8k
:CHIP
C028
10p CH:CHIP
D 5V
0
R034
R033
Q3
B INT
R062
1.8k
4.9(SECAM)
0
470 :CHIP
1.8k
I
R25
R3
R457
NS
PAL/SECAM:4.8Vp-p
(1.3msec)
NTSC:4.8Vp-p (0.94msec)
CN404
3P
:CHIP
:CHIP
R098
1k
:CHIP
33k
OSD B
OSD G
OSD R
EXLC
XLC
B4
:CHIP
R21
IC001
CXP85460
MAIN UCOM
0
V PLS
R032 1.8k :CHIP
R031 1.8k :CHIP
Q4
Q5
Q6
R2
K
L
M
N
O
P
5.0Vp-p(8.38MHz)
5.0Vp-p (H)
GND (A)
1
2
3
5.0
0
0
CAM(-)
CAM(+)
H PLS
T1
T2
T3
R4
R061
1.8k :CHIP
2.9
CRT PWR
VCR PWR
VM SW
R076
4.7k
:CHIP
C007
39p
R5
5.0
2.9
0.5
CAM(+)
L001
18
GP C
4.4
ASURA CS
CH:CHIP
REC/PB
REC/PB
REC/PB
R21
12
10
11
µ
H
R030 220 :CHIP
R029 1k :CHIP
TO CAM MOTOR
R008 1k :CHIP
R009 1k :CHIP
C006
39p
K8
K7
SW5V
H4
H5
G SW
OVP
C1
(LODING MOTOR)
0
RELAY IN
RELAY OUT
TO A BOARD
CN301
CH:CHIP
Q8
SLAVE RST
R7
4.9
R010
2.0
R027 1k :CHIP
J CLK
FACT
AFT0
AFT1
KEY1
KEY2
1k
S401
5.0
:CHIP
R14
O2
D4
D3
D2
D1
1
2
3
4
5
5.0
MODE 4
MODE 3
MODE 2
MODE 1
GND(A)
TO MODE SW
R468
PAL
1TU/2TU
5.0
JUST
9
47k
R011 1k :CHIP
K2
K3
R025 10k :CHIP
:CHIP
1.0Vp-p (H)
5.0Vp-p (H)
5.0Vp-p (V)
R024
10k
:CHIP
CLOCK
S451
R021
R022
4.7k
4.7k
:CHIP :CHIP
REC/PB
REC/PB
REC/PB
12
13
12
REC PRF
R442
47k
JW166
5MM
R15
4.9
8
:CHIP
L431
10
R013
1k
:CHIP
4.9
R018
1k
:CHIP
µ
H
C004
R085
1k :CHIP
0.1 25V F:CHIP
R439
47k
:CHIP
R440
47k
:CHIP
R441
47k
:CHIP
C408
0.1
C435
0.1
25V
R012
100
:CHIP
C436
100
10V
25V
L402
10
SECAM
NTSC
PAL
B:CHIP
F:CHIP
µH
R005
47k
:CHIP
R016
1k
:CHIP
R014
1k
R015
1k
R075
1k
:CHIP
GND(A)
2.2Vp-p (H)
1.0Vp-p (H)
1.6Vp-p (H)
Q7
:CHIP :CHIP
D 5V
R1102
5.6k
:CHIP
R1112
R1107
1.8k
:CHIP
R1114
R1138
R1117
680
:CHIP
D253
MTZJ-T-77-6.2
R017
100
:CHIP
D5V
D252
MTZJ-T-77-6.2
REC/PB
REC
PB
3.3k
1.2k
820
13
13
13
:CHIP
:CHIP
:CHIP
I
G
O
R020
5.6k
:CHIP
C001
30p
D251
MTZJ-T-77-6.2
D254
MTZJ-T-77-6.2
X001
8.38MHz
CH:CHIP
R1109
R1111
5.6k
:CHIP
R1113
3.3k
:CHIP
R1115
1.8k
:CHIP
R1136
1.2k
:CHIP
R1116
820
:CHIP
R1137
680
:CHIP
Q1101
2SD601A
BUFF
R1106
47k
:CHIP
18k
C002
22p CH:CHIP
:CHIP
NTSC
NTSC
SECAM
D1103
L1101
JW(5)
GND(A)
MTZJ-T-77-6.2
2.0Vp-p (H)
2.2Vp-p (H)
3.0Vp-p (H)
IC003
S1102
S1103
S1104
S1105
S1106
S1107
PST572C RESET IC
C1108
B-SS8848<HK.>-MA10-P1
R1101
0
:CHIP
D1110
MTZJ-T-77-6.2
C1111
22
1
S1108
S1109
2.6
R1103
D1105
16V
75
25V
F:CHIP
MTZJ-T-77-9.1
:CHIP
2.0
REC/PB
REC
REC/PB
14
14
14
R1132
10k
:CHIP
R1140
1k
:CHIP
R1139
68k
:CHIP
R1119
0
:CHIP
C1110
22
R1104
JW(5)
D1117
D1118
1SS119
C1104
0.1
1SS119
25V
25V
D1119
1SS119
:CHIP
GND(D)
R1133
4.7k
:CHIP
STOP
REW
CL
PB
FF
PAUSE
VOL-
REC
1
2
3
NTSC
JW1101
5MM
PAL
SECAM
G-SEL
TU PR
G-SW
INSEL
VOL+
CH-
CH+
R1134
4.7k
:CHIP
1.0Vp-p (H)
1.0Vp-p (H)
1.0Vp-p (H)
R1128
330
:CHIP
C
B
A
R1135
4.7k
:CHIP
R1129
330
:CHIP
PB
14
IC1101
SBX1981-11
SIRCS
S1101
J1101
2P
POWER
S001
CN004
9P
L IN
V IN
NTSC
1.0Vp-p (H)1.0
J1102
HEADPHONE
TO FF10 BOARD CN1301
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 111 –
– 112 –
– 113 –
– 114 –
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
A
B
C
D
E
F
(2/3)
MA10
(Y/C PROCESS)
GND(A)
PB AL
TO
MA10(1/3)
AUDIO(PB)
VOLTAGE
no mark:REC/PB
( ) :REC
< > :PB
SW 5V
GND(A)
PB V
SW5V
VIDEO(PB)
R1020
L1004
100
AUDIO(REC)
47
µH
:CHIP
AUDIO(REC)
2.1
Q823
R1023
5.6k
:CHIP
R863
680
:CHIP
C1014
0.01
2SD601A
CLK BUFF
R1017
5.6k
F:CHIP
1.5
R1019
10k
:CHIP
MA10(2/3) BOARD WAVEFORMS
C859
0.1 25V F:CHIP
R1018
3.3k
:CHIP
C1019
47
10V
C846
0.01
R873
47k
B:CHIP
:CHIP
REC
REC
PB
1
2
5
1
3
6
7
9
9
C1015
1
C828
0.01
R1016
12k
:CHIP
F:CHIP
CN1001
3P
AUDIO(REC)
PAL/SECAM
0.4Vp-p (H)
NTSC
3
2
1
GND(AV)
NC
R885
1k
(3.9)
<0.3>
(1.1)<4.8>
Q1001
0.32Vp-p (H)
PB
0.4Vp-p (H)
:CHIP
C1002
0.01
R1003
(4.4)
<4.8>
FE HEAD
2SD879-AA
OSC
1
R1014
1.5k
R857
IC1001
BA7755AF-E2
AUDIO HEAD SW
(0)
<3.6>
F:CHIP
1/4W
1k
FULL ERASE HEAD
REC
R1004
PB
:CHIP
:CHIP
4
C1003
0.01
B:CHIP
3.9k
:CHIP
L1002
100
0
0
µH
2.2
2.2
A-GND
R1001
JW(5)
R1006
12k
:CHIP
R858
1k :CHIP
R1013
18k :CHIP
C1011
0.0015
B:CHIP
R1005
47
1/4W
T1001
1
(2.2)<0.1>
1.8
Q1002
7
CN1002
6P
C1004
47
10V
2SD601A
BIAS SW
0
CTL
HEAD
6
5
4
3.6
2.0
C1012
0.0015 B:CHIP
R861
47k
0.32Vp-p (H)
REC/PB
C855
0.047
25V
0.24p-p (H)
REC/PB
0.25Vp-p (H)
REC
(0.8)<4.8>
0
11
R1002
180
1/4W
6
5
4
3
2
1
CTL(X)
CTL(Y)
:CHIP
2.2
B:CHIP
C1007 47 10V
X801
4.43MHz
2
3
AUDIO(REC)
AUDIO
ERASE
HEAD
L1001
C1005
47
2.2
2.3
AERASE HEAD
GND(AV)
(0.8)
L1003
7
100
µH
C1008 4.7
6
AUDIO(REC)
<0>
10V
(3.9)
<0.3>
10
C1010
0.01 :PT
C1001
R864
8
A HEAD REC
A HEAD PB
AUDIO(PB)
0.047
100V
:PT
0
AUDIO
REC/PB
HEAD
R1011
6.8k :CHIP
:CHIP
R1010
2.2
R1015
10k :CHIP
R1008
270
C1009
10
R1007
R855 1.8k :CHIP
330k
18k
C863
47 10V
:CHIP
AUDIO(PB)
:CHIP
:CHIP
(2.9)
<3.6>
R1012
820 :CHIP
PAL
TO ACE HEAD
NTSC
0.5Vp-p (H)
PAL/SECAM
0.5Vp-p (H)
2.2
R856
8.2k
:CHIP
1.2Vp-p(H)
C858
1
R870
C1013
2.2
X802
C1006
0.01 B:CHIP
L813
47
C864
2.2k
1 16V F:CHIP
3.58MHz
2.2
µ
H
0.1 25V F:CHIP
:CHIP
(2.7)
<2.2>
0
C823
1
R835
C847
0.1
C851
C861
Q825
2SD601A
C BUFF
470 :CHIP
C850
0.01
12
REC
REC/PB
REC
0.047
25V
8
7
0.01
3.0
C820
0.047 25V B:CHIP
1
25V
F:CHIP
F:CHIP
1.5
2.3
VIDEO RF C
(REC)
F:CHIP
B:CHIP
C-IN1
VDD
VSS
VIDEO RF(REC)
C856
1
1.8
2.1
R841
6.8k :CHIP
C824
(0)
<3.7>
R852
1.5k :CHIP
1.8
Q815
2SD601A
Y/C MIX
0.01 F:CHIP
2.6
2.6
G
H
I
C-OUT
C816
0.022 B:CHIP
(2.5)
<0>
0
VIDEO RF(PB)
16
0.4
C857
0.022
B:CHIP
C-IN2 CONT1
13
SECAM
NTSC
R875
0 :CHIP
R867
2.2k
:CHIP
(0)
<3.0>
3.7
C817
0.01 F:CHIP
C862
0.01
F:CHIP
C865
C860
1
0.1
25V
3.8Vp-p (H)
REC
1.2Vp-p (H)
1.8Vp-p (V)
NC
4FSC
16V
C852
0.9
C849
1
F:CHIP
B:CHIP
2
3
47 6.3V
2.5
2.2
14
CLK
VCO
Y-IN
R843
820 :CHIP
R865
0 :CHIP
(3.1)
<1.4>
L812
µH
R869
1k :CHIP
22
2.6
REC/PB
REC/PB
9
Q812
2SD601A
BUFF
9
CONT215
Y-OUT
R881
47k
R810
470
R823
3.1
1k
C853
(0.2)
<2.7>
C867
0.01 B:CHIP
SW5V
R819
22k
:CHIP
L801
470
C879 VIDEO RF Y
R815
220
0.1 25V F:CHIP
R840
220
:CHIP
2.1
4
0
2.1
9.0
:CHIP
:CHIP
:CHIP
µ
H
C804
39p
L803
C808
0.01
150p
CH:CHIP
L815
RD
2.0
(REC)
39
µH
120
µ
H
C848
0.01 F:CHIP
2.3
1.4
R860
Q808
2SD601A
V FM AMP
CH:CHIP
:EL0405
F:CHIP
(2.4)
<4.0>
C866
3.1
3.3k :CHIP
C801
0.15
Q824
2SB709A
Y BUFF
0.1
25V
IC801
LC89978M-TE-L
1H DELAY
16V
C818
0.01 F:CHIP
C822
22 10V
B:CHIP
2.5
3.1
0
1.8
Q803
B:CHIP
C813
R882
39k
:CHIP
PAL
2.4Vp-p (H)
SECAM
2.4Vp-p (H)
NTSC
2.4Vp-p (H)
2SD601A
100p
1.7
0.4
1.9
2.1
1.7
CH:CHIP
5
V FM AMP
C854
1
(3.1)
<1.4>
(2.4)
<0.8>
L808
15
R820
22k
:CHIP
1.6
Q801
µ
H
C819
390p
CH:CHIP
2SD601A
R824
1k
:CHIP
(0)
<1.4>
V FM BUFF
R813
PB
REC/PB
REC/PB
0
11
10
820
R827
100
:CHIP
:CHIP
R814
470
:CHIP
1.5
7
VIDEO RF
(PB)
(2.4)
<1.8>
IC802
LA71504M-MPB
Y/C PROCESS
6
L804
1.0
39
µ
H
R837
10k
C815
L809
33p
:EL0405
100
µH
:CHIP
CH:CHIP
R811
470
:CHIP
C807
10p
R803
0
(0)
NTSC
R801
470
:CHIP
2.2k
2.1
R834
0
CH:CHIP
<3.0>
:CHIP
0.54Vp-p (4.43MHz)
NTSC
2.0Vp-p (H)
0.58Vp-p (3.58MHz)
SECAM
C841
10
Q809
:CHIP
UN2213
JOG SW
C845
1
8
9
C835
16V
PAL
12
0.1
25V
12
12
F:CHIP
F:CHIP
SW5V
R850
4.7k
:CHIP
R849
0
:CHIP
R847
0
:CHIP
Q821
2SD601A
BUFF
C843
100
10V
REC:0.4Vp-p(H)
PB:0.3Vp-p(H)
REC:0.2Vp-p(H)
PB:0.4Vp-p (H)
REC:0.5Vp-p(H)
PB:0.2Vp-p (H)
Q830
2SB709A
BUFF
L811
22
1.5
C803
µ
H
J
0.01
F:CHIP
0.8
R848
4.7k
:CHIP
R883
1k
:CHIP
R845
2.2k
:CHIP
R829
4.7k
:CHIP
C844
10
C837
47
10V
NTSC
REC/PB
PAL/SECAM
13
13
14
C840
100
10V
REC:0.5Vp-p(H)
PB:0.2Vp-p (H)
SW5V
REC:0.4Vp-p(H)
PB:0.3Vp-p (H)
PAL/SECAM
0.4Vp-p(H)
CTL(X)
CTL(Y)
C868
VIDEO(PB)
22p
R838
4.7k
:CHIP
CH:CHIP
K
L
M
VCR L
A MUTE
SDA
R833
0
:CHIP
R839
1.8k
:CHIP
C825
180p
CH:CHIP
REC/PB
REC/PB
REC/PB
15
15
16
14
VIDEO RF(PB)
SCL
PB RF
5V
NT JUDGE
R831
0
:CHIP
NTSC
0.4Vp-p (H)
TO
VIDEO(REC)
SECAM/SVHSD
VCR V
NTSC
0.4Vp-p (H)
PAL/SECAM
0.4Vp-p (H)
REC RF
RF SWP
MA10(1/3)
VIDEO RF(REC)
TO
GND
QVD
SECAM
NTSC
PAL
MA10(3/3)
16
16
COMP SYNC
COMP SYNC
RF ENV
RF ENV
RF SWP
DATA
DATA
REC:0.5Vp-p(H)
PB:0.2Vp-p (H)
REC:0.46Vp-p(H)
PB:0.3Vp-p (H)
REC:0.14Vp-p(H)
PB:0.3Vp-p (H)
CLOCK
CLOCK
B-SS8848<HK.>-MA10-P2
Schematic diagram
Schematic diagrams
< MA10(1/3) board
MA10(2/3) boards ,
– 115 –
– 116 –
– 117 –
– 118 –
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
CN702
4P
A
B
C
D
E
F
1
REC CUR
PB RF
RF SWP
GND
(3/3)
MA10
2
3
4
C727 0.01 F:CHIP
IC701
(VIDEO REC/PB AMP)
HA118295NT
C723
0.1
C711
0.022
F:CHIP
VIDEO REC/PB AMP
R705
1.8k
(1.8)
<2.2>
CN701
8P
CHECK CN
25V
:CHIP
F:CHIP
HIFI CH2
SP CH1
SW7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
HIFI CH2 F
HIFI CH2 S
SP CH1 F
VIDEO RF
(PB)
C724
100
10V
(3.8)
<0>
(3.6)
<4.8>
VIDEO RF
C712
C718
0.01
F:CHIP
L703
100µH
(0.1)
<0.6>
SP CH1 S
0.022
(REC)
F:CHIP
SW3
HIFI CH1 F
HIFI CH1 S
SP CH2 F
VIDEO RF
VIDEO RF
(REC)
R708
1k
:CHIP
(1.9)
<2.2>
R702
680
:CHIP
VIDEO RF(PB)
(3.8)<0>
(REC)
C705
0.022
F:CHIP
1
HIFI CH1
SP CH2
SP CH2 S
C706
27p
CH:CHIP
VIDEO RF
(PB)
VIDEO RF(REC)
(0)<0.6>
TO DRUM
(1.2)
<2.9>
C719
C725
0.1
C701
0.022
F:CHIP
SW4
(0.3)
<1.3>
0.1
25V
VIDEO RF(PB)
(3.8)<0>
Q701
2SD601A
BUFF
25V
VIDEO RF
(PB)
F:CHIP
F:CHIP
CLOCK
DATA
2
C709
39p
CH:CHIP
C713
(4.5)
<2.1>
R714
0
:CHIP
(1.6)
<0.8>
39p
CH:CHIP
R716
(0.6)
<2.2>
SW8
COMP SYNC
RF SWP
RF ENV
GND
0
:CHIP
C716
0.022
F:CHIP
C721
0.01
F:CHIP
R709
3.3k
:CHIP
R710
1k
:CHIP
3.6
TO
MA10(2/3)
C707
0.022
F:CHIP
C717
0.01
F:CHIP
REC RF
5V
VIDEO RF(PB)
SW5V
SW9
PB RF
GND
R707
10k
:CHIP
2.1
0
(1.2)
<2.9>
C726
0.01
VIDEO RF
(PB)
F:CHIP
SW5
3.2
R701
100
R711
1k
:CHIP
0.6
0
3.1
:CHIP
R706
22k
R712
1k
:CHIP
0.3
3
:CHIP
SW6
0.6
(2.6)
<2.2>
4
L704
100µH
SW10
VOLTAGE
no mark:REC/PB
( ) :REC
C722
0.1
C728
C720
100
10V
0.01
25V
<
>
:PB
F:CHIP
F:CHIP
B-SS8848<HK.>-MA10-P3
• MA10 (3/3) BOARD WAVEFORMS
REC
PB
2
1
60mVp-p (H)
REC/PB
0.36Vp-p (H)
PB
3
4
2.2Vp-p (H)
5.0Vp-p (H)
– 119–
– 120 –
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-4.SEMICONDUCTORS
IC
BA10393F-E2
BA6305F-E2
BA7755AF-E2
M24C16-MN6T
NJM062M
HA118295NT
FF10
– FF10 BOARD –
PQ05RD11
-PQ09RD11
STR-F6656
[
]
LED, EJECT SW
1
TOP VIEW
30pin DIP
1
3
1
2
3
4
2
4
5
LA71504M-MPB
PQ30RV11
64
65
41
1
40
TOP VIEW
S-80743AL-A7
8pin SOP
25
80
1
24
CXA2089Q
TOP VIEW
1
4
48
37
24
1
1
36
25
2
LA7840L
3
PST572C
12
MARKING SIDE VIEW
13
TOP VIEW
2
TDA6101Q/N3
1
7pin SIP
3
MARKING SIDE VIEW
1
CXA2130S
LB1643
1
2
3
4
5
1
9pin ZIP
1
TOP VIEW
SBX1981
48pin DIP
A
B
C
D
FF10
TDA7494
CXP85460
1
5
(LED,EJECT SW)
51
52
33
19
CN1301
9P
MARKING SIDE VIEW
32
D5V
:B TO B
3
1
2
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
D 5V
D1304
64
20
SLR-325VCT31
REC PON
LED 6
LED 5
LC89978M-TE-L
D1303
1
1
SLR-325VCT31
ON.TIMER
TOP VIEW
LED 4
15pin ZIP
D1305
SE-135N
LED 3
SLR-325VCT31
REC
T.REC
POWER
STBY
LED 2
D1306
SLR-325VCT31
LED 1
D1307
EJECT
SLR-325VCT31
1
TOP VIEW
CXP87852
GND(A)
D1308
SLR-325DCT31
TK11819MTL
TO MA10(1/3)BOARD
CN004
16pin SOP
80
81
51
50
31
S1301
1
EJECT
INDEX
100
2
3
LM393N
M5216P
1
1
30
TOP VIEW
TOP VIEW
6pin SOP
SI-3120C
SI-3120CA
B-SS8848<HK.>-FF10-15
GP3S120
1
TOP VIEW
8pin DIP
µPC2406AHF
2
1
3
5
4
PC123F2
PC123FY2
4
3
1
2
Schematic diagram
Schematic diagram
< MA10 (3/3) board
FF10 board ,
– 121–
– 122 –
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRANSISTOR
DIODE
2SC5388
RPT-37PBT32
RPT-37PB3F
D1NL20U
D6SB60LF
CATHODE
-
~
~
-
~
~
B
ANODE
E
E
C
C
D1NS4
D1N20R
EGP30D
2SK1482-T
CATHODE
UN2113
UN2211
UN2213
2SA1162-G
2SB709A-QRS-TX
2SC1623-L5L6
2SC2412K-T-146-QR
2SD601A-Q
MTZJ-T-77-3.9B
MTZJ-3.3
MTZJ-5.1C
MTZJ-6.2B
RD10ESB2
RD18ES-B2
RD3.9ES-B1
RD3.9ES-B2
RD39ES-B2
RD5.1ES-B1
RD5.6ESB2
RD6.8ES-B2
1SS119-25
11ES2
ANODE
G
D
S
2SD601A-QRS-TX
ERC04-06S
ERC06-15S
RU-1P
2SK2251-01
C
B
CATHODE
E
CATHODE
G
D
S
2SA1175-HFE
ANODE
2SA1309A-QRSTA
2SC2785-HFE
2SC3311A-QRSTA
RU-4AM-T3
ANODE
2SK2845-LB102
LETTER SIDE
CATHODE
D1NS4-TR
D1NS6-TA2
D
D2L20U
EL1Z
EGP20G
EGP30DL-6085
ERA22-08
GP08D
G
ANODE
D
E
S
C
B
GP08DPKG23
HSS83TD
U05G
2SA1837
2SC4793
MTZJ-T-77-10
MTZJ-T-77-18B
MTZJ-T-77-3.3
MTZJ-T-77-3.9A
MTZJ-T-77-39
MTZJ-T-77-5.1
MTZJ-T-77-5.1C
MTZJ-T-77-5.6
MTZJ-T-77-6.2
MTZJ-T-77-6.8A
MTZJ-T-77-9.1
MTZJ-T-77-9.1A
RGP10GPKG23
RGP15GPKG23
CATHODE
ANODE
B
C
E
GL528V1
2SC1815-GR
2SD879
CATHODE
ANODE
CATHODE
SLR-325DCT31
SLR-325VCT31
ANODE
E
C
B
ANODE
CATHODE
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 123 –
SECTION 6
EXPLODED VIEWS
The components identified by
shading and mark ! are criti-
cal for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
NOTE:
• The construction parts of an assembled part are
indicated with a collation number in the remark
column.
• Items with no part number and no description are
not stocked because they are seldom required
for routine service.
• Items marked " * " are not stocked since they are
seldom required for routine service. Some delay
should be anticipated when ordering these items.
6-1. PICTURE TUBE
: 7-685-134-19
: 7-685-663-71
: 7-685-648-79
+PTP 2.6X8
+BVTP 4X16
+BVTP 3X12
34
35
36
37
31
30
19
29
27
20
15
16
21
33
32
28
1
14
2
3
27
26
23
25
24
4
5
22
6
7
8
17
18
9
10
11
13
12
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
1
1
2
3
4
X-4036-324-1 BEZNET ASSY (VF21M77)
X-4036-487-1 BEZNET ASSY (VF21M40/M70)
4-066-501-11 SPRING, DOOR
4-066-493-11 BUTTON (A), FUNCTION
4-066-626-11 BUTTON, EJECT
2-13
2-13
19
20
21
22
22
* 3-704-372-11 HOLDER, HV CABLE
4-046-600-11 SPACER, DY
4-057-714-01 PIECE ASSY, TLH CORRECTION
! 8-738-809-05 PICTURE TUBE (A51LPT70X) (VF21M70/M77)
! 8-738-812-05 PICTURE TUBE (A51LPT70X) (VF21M40)
5
6
7
7
8
4-066-495-11 GUIDE, LIGHT
23
24
25
26
27
! 1-416-864-11 COIL, VM
3-953-432-01 SPRING (GE), FL
! 8-451-505-11 DEFLECTION YOKE (Y21RSA-S)
! 1-452-728-21 COIL, NA ROTATION (RT-154)
* A-1331-925-A CV MOUNT
4-069-445-01 DOOR, CASSETTE (VF21M77)
4-069-445-11 DOOR, CASSETTE (VF21M40/M70)
4-066-494-11 BUTTON (B), FUNCTION
4-369-318-61 SPRING, TENSION
9
10
11
12
13
4-068-502-11 CUSHION, DOOR
X-4036-327-1 DOOR ASSY, CONTROL
4-066-496-11 FILTER, REMOTE
4-066-497-11 BUTTON, POWER
4-042-593-21 SPRING, COMPRESSION
28
29
30
31
32
4-069-071-01 CUSHION (21), DGC
! 1-416-946-11 COIL, DEMAGNETIC
4-069-468-01 CUSHION (UPPER), DGC
4-064-883-11 HOLDER, DGC
4-049-416-01 SHEET, BLIND
14
15
16
17
18
1-529-394-11 SPEAKER (5X9CM)
4-070-212-01 SUPPORT, TOP
4-365-808-01 SCREW (5), TAPPING
4-069-350-11 SHEET (B), BLOTTING
4-069-452-11 SHEET (C), BLOTTING
33
34
35
36
37
4-066-491-11 COVER, REAR
4-308-870-00 CLIP, LEAD WIRE
1-452-032-00 MAGNET,DISK ; 10mmø
1-452-094-00 MAGNET, ROTATABLE DISK ; 15mmø
4-051-736-21 PIECE A(90), CONV. CORRECT
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 124 –
The components identified by
shading and mark ! are criti-
cal for safety.
6-2. CHASSIS
Replace only with part number
specified.
: 7-685-648-79
+BVTP 3X12
63
64
62
61
60
57
65
59
54
55
58
51
56
52
66
53
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
51
52
53
54
55
* A-1241-368-A FF10 MOUNT
60
61
62
63
1-900-244-71 CONNECTOR ASSY, FLAT 13P
1-900-244-04 CONNECTOR ASSY , FLAT 21P
4-022-115-00 HOLDER, AC CORD
4-066-498-11 BUTTON, RECORDING
4-394-972-01 CAP, POWER
* A-1306-569-A MA10 COMPL
1-900-234-88 CONNECTOR ASSY 7P
! 1-574-062-22 CORD, POWER (WITH CONNECTOR)
(E/ME/JE model)
! 1-769-609-21 CORD, POWER (WITH CONNECTOR)
63
56
57
57
58
59
* A-1298-844-A A COMPL
57,58
(HK model)
8-598-449-01 TUNER, FSS BTF-LG443 (VF21M40/M70)
8-598-451-10 TUNER, FSS BTF-WG441 (VF21M77)
! 1-453-296-11 FBT ASSY (NX-4001/M3B4)
1-900-226-67 LEAD ASSY, G2
64
65
66
4-069-720-01 TERMINAL PLATE (GA)
* A-1241-367-A F MOUNT
* 4-046-677-11 HOLDER (B), PWB
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 125 –
6-3. MECHANISM DECK ASSEMBLY (1)
: 7-685-646-79
+BVTP 3X8
207
210
208
209
206
223
212
204
211
203
205
222
201
202
201
213
224
221
214
216
219
220
215
217
218
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
201
202
203
204
205
3-977-509-01 WASHER, THRUST
3-977-507-01 TABLE, REEL (S)
3-977-508-01 TABLE, REEL (T)
1-500-471-11 HEAD, FE
213
214
215
3-977-447-01 GEAR, ELEVATOR
3-977-514-01 OPENER, LID
3-977-441-01 GEAR, PINCH PRESSING
3-977-495-01 SHAFT TG2
216
217
218
219
220
3-977-445-01 GEAR, TG8 ARM DRIVING
3-977-465-01 SPRING,EXTENSION(RVS BRAKE)
X-3947-582-1 ARM ASSY, RVS BRAKE
3-977-446-01 GEAR, TG8 ARM
206
207
208
209
210
3-977-494-01 HOLDER, FEH
A-6759-619-B FL COMPLETE ASSY
3-977-535-01 PLATE, LUMINOUS(END SENSOR)
3-977-536-01 PLATE, LUMINOUS(TOP SENSOR)
3-970-471-01 SPRING (DECK OPEN), TORSION
208-210
212
X-3947-590-1 TG8 ASSY
224
222
221
222
223
224
A-6759-620-A HEAD BLOCK ASSY, ACE (TDK)
3-974-556-11 + HEXA TT 2.6X9 (TAPER)
3-979-508-01 SCREW +HEXA TP SW 3X8
3-719-381-01 SCREW (M2X4)
211
212
A-6759-615-A PRESS BLOCK ASSY, PINCH
3-958-455-01 SPRING (PINCH), TENSION
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 126 –
6-4. MECHANISM DECK ASSEMBLY (2)
: 7-685-646-79
: 7-682-547-04
+BVTP 3X8
+P 3X6
268
267
269
261
266
263
260
262
258
263
259
262
257
265
256
264
255
254
252
253
251
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
251
252
253
254
255
X-3947-581-4 BRAKE ASSY,MAIN(T)
261
262
263
264
265
A-6750-324-A SHUTTLE (S) BLOCK ASSY
3-965-178-01 SPRING
X-3944-378-1 ROLLER ASSY, GUIDE
A-6750-328-E SHUTTLE (T) BLOCK ASSY
3-977-501-01 PLATE, LUMINOUS
262,263
3-977-462-01 SPRING,EXTENTION. (MAIN BRAKE)
X-3947-573-1 ARM ASSY, PENDULUM
X-3947-580-5 BRAKE ASSY, MAIN(S)
3-977-513-02 LEVER, REC. PROOF
262,263
256
257
258
259
260
3-976-767-01 SPRING, TENS. (REC. PROOF)
3-977-487-01 BOSS, TG1 FULCRUM
X-3947-587-1 TG1 ASSY
266
267
268
269
3-969-632-04 BASE, DRUM
1-759-453-11 DRUM ASSY (DZH-89A-R)
X-3947-255-1 ROLLER ASSY, HC
3-975-724-07 ARM, HC
259
X-3947-589-1 BAND ASSY, TG1
3-977-488-01 SPRING (POWER TENSION)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 127 –
6-5. MECHANISM DECK ASSEMBLY (3)
: 7-685-646-79
: 7-685-133-19
+BVTP 3X8
+BVTP 2.6
316
315
317
318
336
303
303
314
312
313
328
311
310
329
319
320
308
321
327
326
309
307
305
322
323
304
335
306
324
334
331
325
333
332
301
330
303
302
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
301
302
303
304
305
3-977-437-01 RETAINER,CAM MOTOR
X-3947-584-1 ASSY, REEL DIRECT
3-977-443-01 WASHER, STOPPER
3-977-438-01 WORM - WHEEL
319
320
3-977-455-01 GEAR, LOADING(T)
3-977-456-03 SPRING, TORSION (LOAD T)
321
322
323
324
325
X-3947-579-1 LEVER ASSY, LOADING(T)
3-977-451-01 GEAR, LOADING(S)
3-977-452-01 SPRING, TORSION (LOAD S)
X-3947-578-1 LEVER ASSY, LOADING(S)
A-6759-616-A GEAR BLOCK ASSY, LOADING(S) 322-324
3-977-506-01 ARM, LIMITTER SELECTION
306
307
308
309
310
3-977-444-01 GEAR, PINCH TRANSMISSION
3-977-515-01 GUIDE, FL SLIDER
3-977-517-01 PLATE, SLIDE, FL
3-977-519-01 SPRING, TENS. (LIMIT, FL)
3-977-518-02 PLATE, LIMITTER, FL
326
327
328
329
330
3-977-468-01 SHAFT, CAPSTAN BRAKE
3-977-467-02 SPRING, CAP BRAKE
X-3947-583-1 BRAKE ASSY, CAPSTAN
3-977-489-01 ARM, TG1 DRIVING
311
312
313
314
315
3-977-516-01 HOLDER, FL SLIDER
3-977-877-01 PLATE, RETAINER
3-977-504-01 GEAR, CLUTCH
X-3947-585-1 GEAR ASSY, PULLEY
3-977-510-01 BELT, RUBBER
X-3947-576-2 CHASSIS ASSY, MECHANICAL
331
332
333
334
335
X-3947-577-1 MOTOR ASSY, CAM
1-666-524-11 PWB, CA-55
1-541-309-11 MOTOR, L (RF-370C)
3-977-436-01 WORM
1-766-723-21 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOAR 3P
332-335
316
317
318
3-977-440-01 WASHER, STOPPER
3-977-439-01 GEAR, CAM
3-977-442-01 SLIDER
336
1-698-971-11 MOTOR, DC
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 128 –
SECTION 7
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
F A
NOTE:
When indicating parts by reference number,
• The components identified by
in this manual have been
please include the board name.
carefully factory-selected for each set in order to satisfy
regulations regarding X-ray radiation. Should replacement
be required, replace only with the value originally used.
The components identified by
shading and mark ! are criti-
cal for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
• CAPACITORS
PF : µµ F
• Items marked " * " are not stocked since they are seldom
required for routine service. Some delay should be
anticipated when ordering these items.
• There are some cases the reference number on one board
overlaps on the other board. Therefore, when ordering
parts by the reference number, please include the board
name.
• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic
curve B, unless otherwise noted.
RESISTORS
• All resistors are in ohms
• F : nonflammable
TV BLOCK
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
* A-1241-367-A F MOUNT
**********
C119
C301
C302
C304
C306
1-126-964-11 ELECT
1-126-963-11 ELECT
1-163-233-11 CERAMIC CHIP 18PF
1-163-233-11 CERAMIC CHIP 18PF
1-163-259-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF
10MF
20%
20%
5%
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
4.7MF
5%
<CAPACITOR>
5%
C901 ! 1-104-705-51 FILM
0.1MF
0.1MF
20%
20%
250V
250V
250V
C307
C308
C309
C310
C311
1-126-957-11 ELECT
0.22MF
20%
10%
20%
20%
20%
50V
16V
50V
50V
25V
C902 ! 1-104-705-51 FILM
1-107-823-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47MF
C903 ! 1-113-924-91 CERAMIC
0.0047MF 20%
1-126-162-11 ELECT
1-126-964-11 ELECT
1-104-664-11 ELECT
3.3MF
10MF
47MF
<CONNECTOR>
CN901 * 1-580-843-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER)
C312
C313
C314
C315
C316
1-126-963-11 ELECT
4.7MF
20%
10%
20%
20%
20%
50V
50V
16V
25V
25V
1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
CN902 * 1-691-291-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 5P
1-107-714-11 ELECT
1-104-664-11 ELECT
1-104-664-11 ELECT
10MF
47MF
47MF
CN903
1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)
<FUSE>
C317
C318
C319
C320
C321
1-126-964-11 ELECT
1-104-665-11 ELECT
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
10MF
20%
20%
50V
25V
25V
50V
25V
100MF
F901 ! 1-532-299-00 FUSE, TIME-LAG 5A/250V
1-533-223-11 CLIP, FUSE ; F901
<RESISTOR>
C322
C323
C325
C326
C327
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
50V
50V
25V
50V
50V
R901 ! 1-202-885-51 SOLID
R902 ! 1-202-968-11 CEMENTED
1M
1.2
20%
5%
1/2W
10W
1-104-664-11 ELECT
1-126-960-11 ELECT
47MF
1MF
20%
20%
1-163-017-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047MF 10%
<TRANSFORMER>
C328
C329
C330
C331
C338
1-107-714-11 ELECT
10MF
20%
5%
20%
10%
20%
16V
50V
25V
50V
25V
1-163-113-00 CERAMIC CHIP 68PF
T901 ! 1-424-461-11 TRANSFORMER, LINE FILTER
T902 ! 1-424-461-11 TRANSFORMER, LINE FILTER
1-104-665-11 ELECT
1-102-114-00 CERAMIC
1-104-665-11 ELECT
100MF
470PF
100MF
C339
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
25V
16V
50V
50V
50V
************************************************************* C501
C502
1-126-934-11 ELECT
1-126-960-11 ELECT
220MF
1MF
20%
20%
10%
20%
* A-1298-844-A A COMPL (VF21M77)
**********
C503
C504
1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-107-910-11 ELECT 100MF
* A-1298-845-A A COMPL (VF21M40/M70)
**********
C505
C507
C508
C509
C510
1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
10%
20%
10%
5%
50V
50V
100V
50V
50V
1-107-910-11 ELECT
1-106-220-00 MYLAR
1-137-194-81 FILM
100MF
0.1MF
0.47MF
4-352-844-01 PIN, LEAD, COATING
4-382-854-01 SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+)
4-382-854-11 SCREW (M3X10), P, SW (+)
7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3X12 TYPE2 IT-3
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
C513
C514
C515
C601
1-126-941-11 ELECT 470MF
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
20%
25V
50V
1-107-652-11 ELECT
1-104-664-11 ELECT
10MF
47MF
0.001MF 20%
20%
20%
250V
25V
<CAPACITOR>
C602 ! 1-113-903-11 CERAMIC
250V
C102
C104
C106
C108
C110
1-126-933-11 ELECT
1-126-933-11 ELECT
1-126-933-11 ELECT
1-104-664-11 ELECT
1-104-664-11 ELECT
100MF
100MF
100MF
47MF
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
16V
16V
16V
25V
25V
C603 ! 1-113-903-11 CERAMIC
0.001MF 20%
0.001MF 20%
250V
250V
450V
50V
C604 ! 1-113-903-11 CERAMIC
C605
C606
1-125-906-11 ELECT
560MF
20%
47MF
1-104-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047MF 10%
C607 ! 1-113-903-11 CERAMIC
0.001MF 20%
250V
C111
C113
C114
C117
C118
1-124-234-00 ELECT
1-126-964-11 ELECT
1-124-234-00 ELECT
1-104-664-11 ELECT
22MF
10MF
22MF
47MF
20%
20%
20%
20%
16V
50V
16V
25V
25V
C608
C609
C610
C611
1-126-942-61 ELECT
1-104-664-11 ELECT
1-104-664-11 ELECT
1-104-331-11 CERAMIC
1000MF 20%
25V
25V
25V
1KV
47MF
47MF
20%
20%
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
0.0022MF 10%
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 129 –
The components identified by
shading and mark ! are criti-
cal for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
• The components identified by
in this manual have been
carefully factory-selected for each set in order to satisfy
regulations regarding X-ray radiation. Should replacement be
required, replace only with the value originally used.
A
REF. NO. PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
------------ -------------
C612
1-126-943-11 ELECT
2200MF 20%
25V
<CONNECTOR>
CN301
1-569-937-11 SOCKET, CONNECTOR 21P
C614 ! 1-126-964-11 ELECT
10MF
1MF
22MF
47MF
20%
20%
20%
20%
10%
50V
50V
450V
25V
50V
C615
C616
C617
C618
1-126-960-11 ELECT
1-107-680-91 ELECT
1-104-664-11 ELECT
CN302 * 1-564-511-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 8P
CN303 * 1-569-930-11 SOCKET, CONNECTOR 13P
CN304 * 1-560-127-00 PLUG, CONNECTOR (2.5MM) 7P
CN305 * 1-564-510-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P
1-163-007-11 CERAMIC CHIP 680PF
C619
C620
C621
C622
C623
1-162-318-11 CERAMIC
1-126-941-11 ELECT
1-104-664-11 ELECT
1-104-664-11 ELECT
1-126-969-11 ELECT
0.001MF 10%
500V
25V
25V
25V
50V
CN306 * 1-564-509-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 6P
470MF
47MF
20%
20%
20%
20%
CN601 * 1-691-291-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 5P
CN602 * 1-508-786-00 PIN, CONNECTOR (5mm PITCH) 2P
CN603 * 1-573-963-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 3P
47MF
220MF
CN604
1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)
C624
C625
C626
C627
C628
1-162-318-11 CERAMIC
1-126-972-11 ELECT
1-126-944-21 ELECT
1-162-318-11 CERAMIC
0.001MF 10%
1000MF 20%
3300MF 20%
0.001MF 10%
500V
50V
CN605 * 1-564-508-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P
CN801 * 1-580-798-11 CONNECTOR PIN (DY) 6P
CN803 * 1-564-508-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P
25V
500V
50V
1-163-133-00 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF
5%
<DIODE>
C630
C631
C632
C634
C635
1-125-978-91 CERAMIC 2200PF
1-163-275-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001MF 5%
1-124-347-00 ELECT
1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001MF 10%
1-102-050-00 CERAMIC 0.01MF
10%
1KV
50V
160V
50V
500V
D101
D102
D103
D301
D302
8-719-923-60 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-9.1A
8-719-923-60 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-9.1A
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25 (VF21M77)
8-719-109-89 DIODE RD5.6ESB2
100MF
20%
8-719-109-89 DIODE RD5.6ESB2
C636
C638
C639
C640
C641
1-163-005-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF
1-109-880-11 FILM 0.0015MF 3%
1-163-017-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047MF 10%
1-163-001-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF
1-102-114-00 CERAMIC
10%
50V
2KV
50V
50V
50V
D304
D305
D307
D308
D501
8-719-923-60 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-9.1A
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-109-72 DIODE RD3.9ESB2
8-719-110-49 DIODE RD18ESB2
10%
10%
470PF
C642
C643
C644
C645
C646
1-136-601-11 FILM
0.01MF
5%
630V
250V
50V
25V
25V
1-113-903-11 CERAMIC
0.001MF 20%
D502
D503
D506
D507
8-719-109-89 DIODE RD5.6ESB2
8-719-908-03 DIODE GP08D
8-719-302-43 DIODE EL1Z
8-719-302-43 DIODE EL1Z
1-163-005-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF
10%
20%
1-104-664-11 ELECT
1-126-943-11 ELECT
47MF
2200MF 20%
D601 ! 8-719-018-79 DIODE D6SB60LF
C647
C648
C650
C651
C655
1-126-965-11 ELECT
22MF
20%
10%
10%
50V
25V
250V
50V
25V
1-164-004-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
D602
D603
D604
D605
D606
8-719-911-55 DIODE U05G
8-719-109-97 DIODE RD6.8ESB2
8-719-911-55 DIODE U05G
8-719-979-50 DIODE EGP30D
8-719-063-73 DIODE D1NL20U-TR
1-137-605-11 FILM
0.01MF
1-163-275-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001MF 5%
1-126-941-11 ELECT
470MF
20%
C657
C658
C659
C660
C661
1-104-664-11 ELECT
1-104-331-11 CERAMIC
1-104-705-11 FILM
1-104-666-11 ELECT
1-163-275-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001MF 5%
47MF
20%
25V
1KV
250V
25V
50V
0.0022MF 10%
D607
D608
D609
D610
D611
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-110-49 DIODE RD18ESB2
8-719-028-45 DIODE D2L20U
8-719-028-45 DIODE D2L20U
8-719-911-55 DIODE U05G
0.1MF
220MF
20%
20%
C662
C663
C664
C665
C801
1-104-665-11 ELECT
1-104-665-11 ELECT
1-104-665-11 ELECT
1-104-665-11 ELECT
1-137-417-11 MYLAR
100MF
100MF
100MF
100MF
20%
20%
20%
20%
25V
25V
25V
25V
200V
D612
D613
D614
D615
D616
8-719-312-10 DIODE RU4AM-T3
8-719-109-97 DIODE RD6.8ESB2
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
0.0047MF 10%
C802
C803
C804
C805
C806
1-126-941-11 ELECT
1-117-669-71 FILM
1-104-664-11 ELECT
1-123-024-21 ELECT
1-102-228-00 CERAMIC
470MF
0.68MF
47MF
33MF
470PF
20%
5%
20%
25V
250V
25V
D617
D618
D619
D620
D621
8-719-311-31 DIODE RU-1P
8-719-063-73 DIODE D1NL20U-TR
8-719-510-02 DIODE D1NS4
8-719-063-73 DIODE D1NL20U-TR
8-719-510-48 DIODE D1N20R
160V
500V
10%
C807
C808
C809
C810
C812
1-107-957-11 ELECT
1MF
20%
250V
50V
25V
500V
200V
1-163-275-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001MF 5%
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
D622
D623
D624
D625
D626
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-110-17 DIODE RD10ESB2
8-719-109-97 DIODE RD6.8ESB2
8-719-510-73 DIODE S3L20UF4
8-719-948-45 DIODE ERA22-08
1-161-830-00 CERAMIC
1-107-366-11 FILM
0.0047MF
0.022MF 10%
C813
C814
C816
C818
C819
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-102-114-00 CERAMIC
1-104-664-11 ELECT
1-115-521-11 FILM
50V
50V
50V
25V
250V
10%
10%
20%
5%
D627
D628
D629
D630
D631
8-719-032-12 DIODE D1NS6
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-110-53 DIODE RD20ESB2
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
470PF
47MF
0.82MF
C820
1-106-383-00 MYLAR
0.047MF 10%
200V
2KV
2KV
1.2KV
160V
C821 ! 1-162-135-11 CERAMIC
560PF
220PF
0.01MF
47MF
10%
10%
3%
D632
D633
D634
D801
D802
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-110-88 DIODE RD39ESB2
8-719-302-43 DIODE EL1Z
C823
1-162-131-11 CERAMIC
C824 ! 1-117-644-21 FILM
C825
1-107-492-11 ELECT
20%
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
C826
1-137-417-11 MYLAR
0.0047MF 10%
0.047MF 5%
1MF
200V
630V
50V
C827 ! 1-129-722-00 FILM
C828 1-126-960-11 ELECT
D803
D804
8-719-302-43 DIODE EL1Z
8-719-908-03 DIODE GP08D
20%
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 130 –
The components identified by
shading and mark ! are criti-
cal for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
• The components identified by
in this manual have been
carefully factory-selected for each set in order to satisfy
regulations regarding X-ray radiation. Should replacement be
required, replace only with the value originally used.
A
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
D805
D806
D807
8-719-921-44 DIODE MTZJ-5.1C
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-908-03 DIODE GP08D
<MODULE>
PM601 ! 1-809-054-71 MODULE, PROTECTOR PM-21
D810
D811
8-719-945-80 DIODE ERC06-15S
8-719-979-85 DIODE EGP20G
<IC LINK>
PS601 ! 1-532-686-21 LINK, IC 2.7A/150V
PS602 ! 1-532-686-21 LINK, IC 2.7A/150V
PS603 ! 1-532-686-21 LINK, IC 2.7A/150V
PS604 ! 1-532-686-21 LINK, IC 2.7A/150V
<FERRITE BEAD>
FB101
FB102
FB601
FB602
FB603
1-410-397-21 FERRITE
1-410-397-21 FERRITE
1-410-397-21 FERRITE
1-410-397-21 FERRITE
1-410-397-21 FERRITE
1.1UH
1.1UH
1.1UH
1.1UH
1.1UH
<TRANSISTOR>
Q101
Q102
Q103
Q301
Q302
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
FB606
FB608
FB609
FB610
FB612
1-410-397-21 FERRITE
1-410-397-21 FERRITE
1-410-397-21 FERRITE
1-410-397-21 FERRITE
1-412-911-11 FERRITE
1.1UH
1.1UH
1.1UH
1.1UH
0UH
Q303
Q304
Q305
Q501
Q502
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G
8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211
FB620
1-410-397-21 FERRITE
1.1UH
<IC>
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
IC101
IC103
IC301
IC501
IC601
8-759-042-02 IC S-80743AL-A7-S (VF21M77)
8-749-925-00 IC TK11819MTL
8-752-088-39 IC CXA2130S
Q503
Q601
Q602
Q604
Q605
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
8-729-044-30 TRANSISTOR 2SK2845-LB102
8-759-444-83 IC LA7840L
8-759-471-81 IC PQ05RD11
IC602
IC603
IC604
IC605
8-759-459-99 IC PQ09RD11
8-759-390-48 IC uPC2406AHF
8-759-098-24 IC PQ30RV11
8-749-921-21 IC SI-3120C
Q606
Q607
Q608
Q609
Q610
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
IC606 ! 8-749-014-48 IC STR-F6656
Q801
Q802
Q803
8-729-038-82 TRANSISTOR 2SK2251-01
8-729-047-13 TRANSISTOR 2SC5388
8-729-040-55 TRANSISTOR 2SK1482-T
IC607 ! 8-749-920-61 IC SE-135N
IC608
IC801
8-759-459-99 IC PQ09RD11
8-759-729-03 IC NJM2903D
<JACK>
<RESISTOR>
J101
1-779-204-11 JACK, PIN 2P (GAME/INPUT)
R101
R102
R103
R104
R105
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-121-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
100
100
1M
100
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
<COIL>
L101
L102
L103
L104
L105
1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
R106
R107
R108
R109
R110
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-022-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-081-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-081-00 RES,CHIP
100
100
75
22K
22K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
L106
L107
L108
L302
L303
1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
1-410-444-11 INDUCTOR 1.2mH
1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
R111
R112
R113
R114
R115
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-089-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-093-91 RES,CHIP
0
2.2K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
47K
68K
L501
L601
L602
L603
L604
1-412-533-21 INDUCTOR 47UH
1-412-525-31 INDUCTOR 10UH
1-412-533-21 INDUCTOR 47UH
1-412-541-41 INDUCTOR 220UH
1-406-983-11 INDUCTOR 1mH
R116
R117
R118
R123
R124
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-097-91 RES,CHIP
4.7K
4.7K
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
0 (VF21M40/M70)
1K
100K
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
L605
L801
L803
L804
L805
1-412-534-31 INDUCTOR 56UH
1-412-527-11 INDUCTOR 15UH
1-406-677-11 INDUCTOR 10mH
1-414-493-41 INDUCTOR 4.7mH
1-459-111-00 INDUCTOR 10mH
R125
R126
R127
R301
R303
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-051-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
0 (VF21M77)
1.2K
1K
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
5%
5%
5%
2.2K
10K
L807
L808
L809
1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH
1-406-981-21 INDUCTOR 470UH
1-469-013-31 INDUCTOR 18UH
R304
R306
R307
R308
R309
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-121-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-081-00 RES,CHIP
100
100
1M
100
22K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
<PHOTO COUPLER>
PH601 ! 8-749-010-64 PHOTO COUPLER PC123FY2
R311
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
100
5%
1/10W
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 131 –
The components identified by
shading and mark ! are criti-
cal for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
• The components identified by
in this manual have been
carefully factory-selected for each set in order to satisfy
regulations regarding X-ray radiation. Should replacement be
required, replace only with the value originally used.
A
REF. NO. PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
------------ -------------
R312
R313
R314
R315
1-216-675-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
10K
100
100
100
0.50% 1/10W
R608
R609
R611
R612
R613
1-216-077-00 RES,CHIP
15K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
3W
1/10W
1/2W
1/4W
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1-215-917-11 METAL OXIDE 1K
F
1-216-077-00 RES,CHIP
1-249-482-11 CARBON
1-249-418-11 CARBON
15K
4.7
F
F
1.2K
R316
R317
R318
R319
R320
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
100
100
100
100
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R614
R615
R616
!
CARBON
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/4W
2W
1/4W
10W
1/10W
F
F
1-216-366-00 METAL OXIDE 0.56
1-249-417-11 CARBON
1K
R617 ! 1-202-968-11 CEMENTED
1.2
10K
R618
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
R321
R322
R323
R324
R325
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-051-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-043-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-051-00 RES,CHIP
100
1.2K
560
100
1.2K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R619
R620
R621
R622
R623
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-077-00 RES,CHIP
1-249-393-11 CARBON
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-045-00 RES,CHIP
10K
15K
10
10K
680
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/4W
1/10W
1/10W
R326
R327
R328
R329
R330
1-216-043-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-051-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-043-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-295-91 SHORT
560
470
1.2K
560
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R624
R626
R627
R628
R629
1-260-079-11 CARBON
1-240-205-91 CARBON
1-249-377-11 CARBON
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
22
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/2W
1/2W
1/4W
1/10W
1/10W
22M
0.47
1K
F
1K
R331
R332
R333
R334
R336
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-081-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-129-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
4.7K
22K
2.2M
2.2K
2.2K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R630
R631
R632
R633
R634
1-247-903-00 CARBON
1-216-013-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-077-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1M
33
10K
15K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/4W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R337
R338
R340
R341
R342
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
2.2K
2.2K
1K
100
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R635
R636
R637
R638
R639
1-216-077-00 RES,CHIP
15K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
3W
1-215-927-00 METAL OXIDE 47K
F
F
1-216-093-91 RES,CHIP
CARBON
1-216-055-00 RES,CHIP
68K
1/10W
!
1/4W
1/10W
1.8K
R343
R346
R347
R349
R350
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-079-00 RES,CHIP
100
10K
1K
0
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R640
R641
R644
R645
R646
1-216-061-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-055-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-669-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-045-00 RES,CHIP
3.3K
470
1.8K
5.6K
680
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
18K
5%
1/10W
0.50% 1/10W
5%
1/10W
R351
R352
R353
R354
R355
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
10K
470
470
470
470
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R647
R648
R649
1-249-389-11 CARBON
4.7
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/4W
2W
F
F
F
1-216-361-00 METAL OXIDE 0.22
1-216-361-00 METAL OXIDE 0.22
2W
R650 ! 1-202-998-11 CEMENTED
1
33
10W
1/10W
R651
1-216-013-00 RES,CHIP
R356
R357
R358
R359
R360
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-059-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
2.2K
2.7K
10K
1K
R652
R653
R655
R656
R657
1-216-045-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-669-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-077-00 RES,CHIP
1-215-485-00 METAL
680
5%
1/10W
5.6K
10K
15K
470K
0.50% 1/10W
5%
5%
1%
1/10W
1/10W
1/4W
R364
R502
R503
R504
R505
1-216-045-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-089-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-081-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-097-91 RES,CHIP
1-247-843-11 CARBON
680
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/4W
47K
22K
100K
3.3K
R658
R659
R660
R661
R662
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-077-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-033-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-033-00 RES,CHIP
1-247-815-91 CARBON
10K
15K
220
220
220
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/4W
R506
R507
R508
R509
R510
1-216-097-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-097-91 RES,CHIP
100K
1K
1K
10K
100K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R663
R664
R665
R666
R667
1-247-815-91 CARBON
1-260-117-11 CARBON
1-260-123-11 CARBON
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-051-00 RES,CHIP
220
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/4W
1/2W
1/2W
1/10W
1/10W
33K
100K
2.2K
1.2K
R512
R513
R514
R515
R516
1-215-888-00 METAL OXIDE 220
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
2W
F
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
4.7K
10K
1/10W
1/10W
2W
R668
R669
R670
R671
R673
1-216-485-11 METAL OXIDE 5.6K
5%
3W
F
1-216-639-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-653-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-033-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-033-00 RES,CHIP
330
1.2K
220
220
0.50% 1/10W
0.50% 1/10W
1-216-377-11 METAL OXIDE 4.7
F
F
1-249-385-11 CARBON
2.2
1/4W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
R517
R518
R519
R520
R601
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-249-443-11 CARBON
1-216-089-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-033-00 RES,CHIP
4.7K
10K
0.47
47K
220
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/4W
R674
R675
R677
R678
R801
5%
5%
5%
5%
3W
F
F
F
F
1K
1/10W
1/10W
5W
1/10W
1/10W
0.50% 1/10W
R603 ! 1-218-265-11 METAL
R604 1-260-133-11 CARBON
8.2M
680K
0.1
220
1
5%
5%
10%
5%
5%
1W
1/2W
1/2W
1/10W
3W
R802
R803
R805
R806
5%
5%
1%
5%
1W
R605 ! 1-202-933-61 FUSIBLE
F
F
1/2W
1/4W
1/2W
R606
R607
1-216-033-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-389-11 METAL OXIDE
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 132 –
The components identified by
shading and mark ! are criti-
cal for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
A CV
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
R807
1-260-316-51 CARBON
100
5%
1/2W
* A-1331-925-A CV MOUNT
***********
R808
R809
R811
R812
R814
1-214-907-00 METAL
56K
33K
2.2K
33K
150K
1%
5%
5%
1/2W
1/10W
1/10W
1-216-085-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-687-11 METAL CHIP
1-218-756-11 METAL CHIP
4-352-844-01 PIN, LEAD, COATING
4-382-854-01 SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+)
0.50% 1/10W
0.50% 1/10W
<CAPACITOR>
R816
R817
R818
R819
R821
1-216-685-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-681-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-077-00 RES,CHIP
1-249-391-11 CARBON
27K
2.2K
18K
15K
6.8
0.50% 1/10W
5%
1/10W
C511
C512
C701
C702
C703
1-126-964-11 ELECT
1-104-664-11 ELECT
1-102-114-00 CERAMIC
1-126-933-11 ELECT
1-104-664-11 ELECT
10MF
47MF
470PF
100MF
47MF
20%
20%
10%
20%
20%
50V
10V
50V
16V
10V
0.50% 1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/4W
F
F
R822
R823
R824
R825
R826
1-249-411-11 CARBON
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-687-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
330
5%
5%
1/4W
1/10W
10K
33K
10K
C704
C705
C706
C707
C708
1-102-951-00 CERAMIC
1-102-960-00 CERAMIC
1-102-960-00 CERAMIC
1-107-651-11 ELECT
1-126-960-11 ELECT
15PF
24PF
24PF
4.7MF
1MF
5%
50V
50V
50V
250V
50V
0.50% 1/10W
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
2W
5%
1-215-892-11 METAL OXIDE 1K
F
20%
20%
R827
R828
R829
R830
R831
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-097-91 RES,CHIP
1-249-425-11 CARBON
1-216-470-00 METAL OXIDE 18
1-216-470-00 METAL OXIDE 18
10K
100K
4.7K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/4W
3W
C709
C710
C711
C712
C714
1-101-006-00 CERAMIC
1-107-651-11 ELECT
1-107-651-11 ELECT
1-101-006-00 CERAMIC
1-101-006-00 CERAMIC
0.047MF
4.7MF
4.7MF
0.047MF
0.047MF
50V
20%
20%
250V
250V
50V
F
F
3W
50V
R832
R833
R834
R835
R836
1-249-422-11 CARBON
1-249-381-11 CARBON
1-216-470-00 METAL OXIDE 18
1-216-069-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
2.7K
1
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/4W
1/4W
3W
1/10W
1/10W
F
F
F
C715
C716
C717
C718
C719
1-101-006-00 CERAMIC
1-102-157-00 CERAMIC
1-102-157-00 CERAMIC
1-102-157-00 CERAMIC
1-102-074-00 CERAMIC
0.047MF
560PF
560PF
560PF
0.001MF 10%
50V
10%
10%
10%
500V
500V
500V
50V
6.8K
10K
R837
R840
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-445-11 METAL OXIDE 12
4.7K
5%
5%
1/10W
2W
F
C720
C721
C961
C962
C963
1-162-114-00 CERAMIC
1-107-662-11 ELECT
1-161-830-00 CERAMIC
1-130-491-00 MYLAR
1-107-638-11 ELECT
0.0047MF
2KV
250V
500V
50V
22MF
20%
0.0047MF
<RELAY>
0.047MF 5%
33MF
20%
160V
RY601
RY602
1-755-198-11 RELAY, AC POWER
1-755-198-11 RELAY, AC POWER
C964
C968
C969
C970
C972
1-126-925-11 ELECT
1-106-383-00 MYLAR
1-107-949-11 ELECT
1-104-999-11 MYLAR
1-126-935-11 ELECT
470MF
0.047MF 10%
2.2MF
0.1MF
470MF
20%
10V
RY603 ! 1-755-245-11 RELAY, AC POWER
200V
160V
200V
16V
20%
10%
20%
<SWITCH>
S801
1-572-707-11 SWITCH, LEVER (H-CENT)
C973
C975
C978
C979
C980
1-130-491-00 MYLAR
1-126-925-11 ELECT
1-130-471-00 MYLAR
1-130-471-00 MYLAR
1-104-664-11 ELECT
0.047MF 5%
50V
10V
50V
50V
10V
470MF
20%
0.001MF 5%
0.001MF 5%
<TRANSFORMER>
47MF
20%
T602 ! 1-433-897-11 TRANSFORMER, CONVERTER (SRT)
T604 ! 1-433-540-11 TRANSFORMER, CONVERTER (SBT)
T801 ! 1-453-296-11 FBT ASSY(NX-4001//M3B4)
<CONNECTOR>
T802 ! 1-433-660-11 TRANSFORMER, HORIZONTAL LINEAR
CN503 * 1-564-508-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P
CN551 * 1-564-506-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P
CN701 * 1-564-510-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P
1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)
CN703 * 1-564-508-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P
<THERMISTOR>
CN702
THP601! 1-810-961-11 THERMISTOR, POSITIVE
CN704 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)
CN961 * 1-564-509-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 6P
CN962 * 1-564-506-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P
<TEST PIN>
TP601 * 1-508-784-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (5mm PITCH) 1P
TP602 * 1-508-784-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (5mm PITCH) 1P
TP801 * 1-508-784-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (5mm PITCH) 1P
<DIODE>
D504
D505
D701
D702
D703
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-109-71 DIODE RD3.9ESB1
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
<TUNER>
TU101
TU101
8-598-449-01 TUNER, FSS BTF-LG433 (VF21M40/M70)
8-598-451-10 TUNER, FSS BTF-WG441 (VF21M77)
D704
D705
D707
D709
D710
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-051-85 DIODE HSS83TD
8-719-051-85 DIODE HSS83TD
<CRYSTAL>
X301
X302
1-567-504-11 OSCILLATOR, CRYSTAL
1-567-505-11 OSCILLATOR, CRYSTAL
D711
D713
8-719-051-85 DIODE HSS83TD
8-719-109-71 DIODE RD3.9ESB1
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
************************************************************* D714
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 133 –
The components identified by
shading and mark ! are criti-
cal for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
CV
REF. NO. PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
------------ -------------
D964
D967
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-110-88 DIODE RD39ESB2
R962
1-247-807-31 CARBON
100
5%
1/4W
R963
R964
R965
R966
R967
1-249-417-11 CARBON
1K
47
560
1K
270
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/4W
1/2W
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
D968
8-719-110-88 DIODE RD39ESB2
1-260-312-11 CARBON
1-249-414-11 CARBON
1-249-417-11 CARBON
1-249-410-11 CARBON
F
F
<IC>
IC502
IC701
IC702
IC703
8-759-603-37 IC M5216P
R968
R969
R970
R971
R972
1-249-417-11 CARBON
1-249-386-11 CARBON
1-249-403-11 CARBON
1-247-815-91 CARBON
1-249-432-11 CARBON
1K
2.7
68
220
18K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
8-759-346-42 IC TDA6101Q/N3
8-759-346-42 IC TDA6101Q/N3
8-759-346-42 IC TDA6101Q/N3
<JACK>
R973
R974
R975
R976
R977
1-249-403-11 CARBON
68
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/4W
3W
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
1-216-476-11 METAL OXIDE 180
F
F
J701
! 1-451-470-21 SOCKET, PICTURE TUBE
1-249-417-11 CARBON
1-249-432-11 CARBON
1-249-429-11 CARBON
1K
18K
10K
<COIL>
R978
R979
R980
R981
R982
1-247-807-31 CARBON
1-249-414-11 CARBON
1-247-807-31 CARBON
1-249-416-11 CARBON
1-249-386-11 CARBON
100
560
100
820
2.7
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
L701
L961
1-410-667-31 INDUCTOR 22UH
1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH
F
F
<TRANSISTOR>
R985
R986
1-249-401-11 CARBON
1-249-397-11 CARBON
47
22
5%
5%
1/4W
1/4W
F
F
Q531
Q537
Q538
Q701
Q961
8-729-119-78 TRANSISTOR 2SC2785-HFE
8-729-119-78 TRANSISTOR 2SC2785-HFE
8-729-119-78 TRANSISTOR 2SC2785-HFE
8-729-119-76 TRANSISTOR 2SA1175-HFE
8-729-119-78 TRANSISTOR 2SC2785-HFE
<VARIABLE RESISTOR>
RV701 ! 1-241-714-21 RES, ADJ, METAL FILM 110M (H-STAT)
Q962
Q963
Q965
Q967
Q968
8-729-119-78 TRANSISTOR 2SC2785-HFE
8-729-017-05 TRANSISTOR 2SA1837
8-729-017-06 TRANSISTOR 2SC4793
8-729-119-78 TRANSISTOR 2SC2785-HFE
8-729-119-76 TRANSISTOR 2SA1175-HFE
<RESISTOR>
R501
R511
R537
R538
R539
1-260-080-11 CARBON
27
10K
22K
22K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/2W
1W
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
1-215-859-00 METAL OXIDE 22
F
1-249-429-11 CARBON
1-247-863-91 CARBON
1-247-863-91 CARBON
R545
R546
R549
R550
R551
1-247-863-91 CARBON
1-249-429-11 CARBON
1-249-429-11 CARBON
1-249-429-11 CARBON
1-249-429-11 CARBON
22K
10K
10K
10K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
R555
R556
R701
R702
R704
1-249-441-11 CARBON
1-249-441-11 CARBON
1-247-807-31 CARBON
1-219-510-11 CARBON
1-215-413-00 METAL
100K
100K
100
470K
470
5%
5%
5%
5%
1%
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
1/2W
1/4W
R707
R708
R709
R710
R711
1-249-418-11 CARBON
1-249-418-11 CARBON
1-249-418-11 CARBON
1-215-413-00 METAL
1-249-421-11 CARBON
1.2K
1.2K
1.2K
470
5%
5%
5%
1%
5%
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
2.2K
R712
R713
R718
R719
R720
1-249-429-11 CARBON
1-249-421-11 CARBON
1-247-843-11 CARBON
1-247-843-11 CARBON
1-247-843-11 CARBON
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
2.2K
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
R725
R727
R729
R731
R732
1-215-903-11 METAL OXIDE 68K
1-215-928-11 METAL OXIDE 68K
1-215-928-11 METAL OXIDE 68K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
2W
F
F
F
3W
3W
1/2W
1/2W
1-219-746-11 CARBON
1-219-746-11 CARBON
1K
1K
R733
R734
R738
R740
1-219-746-11 CARBON
1-219-743-51 CARBON
1-219-752-11 CARBON
1K
100
100K
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/2W
1/2W
1/2W
2W
1-216-366-00 METAL OXIDE 0.56
F
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 134 –
FF10 MA10
VIDEO BLOCK
REF. NO. PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
-------------
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
------------ -------------
-------------------
-------------------
-------------
* A-1241-368-A FF10 MOUNT
*************
C414
C415
C416
C417
C418
1-124-589-11 ELECT
1-130-487-00 MYLAR
47MF
20%
6.3V
50V
50V
25V
50V
0.022MF 5%
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-124-248-00 ELECT
1-130-488-00 MYLAR
22MF
0.027MF 5%
20%
<CONNECTOR>
CN1301 1-784-041-41 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 9P
C419
C421
C422
C424
C425
1-124-257-00 ELECT
1-104-665-11 ELECT
2.2MF
100MF
20%
20%
50V
10V
50V
50V
25V
1-163-018-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0056MF 10%
<DIODE>
1-126-160-11 ELECT
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
1MF
20%
D1303
D1304
D1305
D1306
D1307
8-719-053-43 DIODE SLR-325VCT31
8-719-053-43 DIODE SLR-325VCT31
8-719-053-43 DIODE SLR-325VCT31
8-719-053-43 DIODE SLR-325VCT31
8-719-053-43 DIODE SLR-325VCT31
C430
C431
C432
C435
C436
1-163-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF
1-163-231-11 CERAMIC CHIP 15PF
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
0.5PF 50V
5%
50V
25V
25V
10V
1-104-665-11 ELECT
100MF
20%
D1308
8-719-061-96 DIODE SLR-325DCT31
C441
C455
C456
C457
C458
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-126-924-11 ELECT 330MF
1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001MF 10%
1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001MF 10%
1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001MF 10%
50V
6.3V
50V
50V
50V
20%
<SWITCH>
S1301
1-572-200-11 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (EJECT)
C460
C701
1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001MF 10%
1-163-033-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022MF
1-163-033-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022MF
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
************************************************************* C705
C706
1-163-237-11 CERAMIC CHIP 27PF
5%
5%
5%
* A-1306-569-A MA10 COMPL (VF21M77)
*************
C707
1-163-033-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022MF
C709
C711
C712
C713
C716
1-163-241-11 CERAMIC CHIP 39PF
1-163-033-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022MF
1-163-033-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022MF
1-163-241-11 CERAMIC CHIP 39PF
1-163-033-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022MF
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
* A-1306-570-A MA10 COMPL (VF21M40/M70)
*************
* 3-960-273-01 SPACER, TOP END
* 3-960-274-01 SPACER, LED
4-382-854-01 SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+)
C717
C718
C719
C720
C721
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
50V
50V
25V
10V
50V
<CAPACITOR>
1-104-665-11 ELECT
100MF
20%
20%
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
C001
C002
C004
C006
C007
1-163-104-00 CERAMIC CHIP 30PF
1-163-235-11 CERAMIC CHIP 22PF
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
1-163-241-11 CERAMIC CHIP 39PF
1-163-241-11 CERAMIC CHIP 39PF
5%
5%
50V
50V
25V
50V
50V
C722
C723
C724
C725
C726
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
25V
25V
10V
25V
50V
5%
5%
1-104-665-11 ELECT
100MF
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
C008
C013
C014
C015
C019
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
50V
50V
25V
10V
50V
1-126-964-11 ELECT
10MF
20%
C727
C728
C801
C803
C804
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-164-492-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.15MF
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-163-241-11 CERAMIC CHIP 39PF
50V
50V
16V
50V
50V
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
1-104-665-11 ELECT 100MF
1-163-001-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF
20%
10%
10%
5%
C020
C022
C024
C028
C202
1-163-809-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047MF 10%
25V
16V
50V
1-124-589-11 ELECT
47MF
20%
5%
C807
C808
C813
C815
C816
1-163-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-163-251-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF
1-163-239-11 CERAMIC CHIP 33PF
0.5PF 50V
50V
1-163-259-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF
1-163-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF
0.5PF 50V
5%
5%
50V
50V
50V
1-126-960-11 ELECT
1MF
20%
50V
1-163-037-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022MF 10%
C208
C209
C210
C211
C214
1-126-963-11 ELECT
1-124-252-00 ELECT
4.7MF
20%
20%
50V
50V
50V
50V
25V
0.33MF
C817
C818
C819
C820
C822
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
50V
50V
50V
25V
25V
1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001MF 10%
1-119-821-11 ELECT MELF
1-104-666-11 ELECT
2.2MF
220MF
20%
20%
1-163-131-00 CERAMIC CHIP 390PF
5%
1-163-809-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047MF 10%
1-124-248-00 ELECT
22MF
20%
20%
5%
C216
C217
C218
C219
C220
1-124-261-00 ELECT
1-126-960-11 ELECT
1-107-914-31 ELECT
10MF
1MF
20%
20%
50V
50V
50V
25V
25V
C823
C824
C825
C828
C829
1-126-960-11 ELECT
1MF
50V
50V
50V
50V
16V
1000MF 20%
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-163-257-11 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1MF
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
1-126-942-61 ELECT
1000MF 20%
C401
C402
C405
C406
C407
1-163-035-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047MF
50V
6.3V
16V
50V
50V
1-124-589-11 ELECT
1-104-664-11 ELECT
47MF
47MF
20%
20%
C832
C834
C835
C837
C840
1-115-871-11 ELECT
1MF
20%
50V
25V
25V
10V
10V
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-104-664-11 ELECT
1-104-665-11 ELECT
47MF
20%
20%
100MF
C408
C409
C410
C412
C413
1-164-004-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
10%
20%
25V
6.3V
50V
50V
50V
1-124-589-11 ELECT
47MF
C841
C842
C843
C844
1-126-795-11 ELECT
10MF
20%
50V
50V
10V
50V
1-163-035-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047MF
1-126-160-11 ELECT 1MF
1-163-263-11 CERAMIC CHIP 330PF
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
20%
5%
1-104-665-11 ELECT
1-126-795-11 ELECT
100MF
10MF
20%
20%
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 135 –
MA10
REF. NO. PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
------------ -------------
C845
1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1MF
16V
CN403
1-779-723-11 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 9P
CN404 * 1-766-716-11 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 3P
CN701 * 1-695-331-31 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 8P
CN702 * 1-560-892-00 PIN, CONNECTOR 4P
C846
C847
C848
C849
C850
1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
10%
20%
50V
25V
50V
50V
50V
CN1001 * 1-564-506-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P
1-126-960-11 ELECT
1MF
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
CN1002 * 1-564-509-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 6P
CN1003 * 1-564-511-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 8P
CN1004 1-778-226-21 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 6P
C851
C852
C853
C854
C855
1-163-809-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047MF 10%
25V
6.3V
25V
50V
25V
1-124-589-11 ELECT
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
1-126-960-11 ELECT 1MF
47MF
20%
20%
<DIODE>
1-163-809-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047MF 10%
D001
D002
D004
D005
D006
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-921-54 DIODE MTZJ-6.2B
8-719-921-54 DIODE MTZJ-6.2B
8-719-981-99 DIODE MTZJ-3.3
8-719-109-84 DIODE RD5.1ESB1
C856
C857
C858
C859
C860
1-126-960-11 ELECT 1MF 20%
50V
50V
50V
25V
16V
1-163-037-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022MF 10%
1-126-960-11 ELECT
1MF
20%
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1MF
D007
D201
D202
D251
D252
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-921-54 DIODE MTZJ-6.2B
8-719-921-54 DIODE MTZJ-6.2B
8-719-921-54 DIODE MTZJ-6.2B
8-719-921-54 DIODE MTZJ-6.2B
C861
C862
C863
C864
C865
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
50V
50V
10V
25V
25V
1-124-589-11 ELECT
47MF
20%
10%
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
1-164-004-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
D253
D254
D402
D403
D405
8-719-921-54 DIODE MTZJ-6.2B
8-719-921-54 DIODE MTZJ-6.2B
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-200-82 DIODE 11ES2
8-719-200-82 DIODE 11ES2
C866
C867
C868
C879
C901
1-164-004-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-163-235-11 CERAMIC CHIP 22PF
1-163-121-00 CERAMIC CHIP 150PF
10%
10%
5%
25V
50V
50V
50V
16V
5%
1-126-157-11 ELECT
10MF
20%
D406
D451
D1101
D1103
D1105
8-719-200-82 DIODE 11ES2
C904
C905
C906
C907
C908
1-126-964-11 ELECT
10MF
20%
10%
20%
50V
25V
16V
16V
16V
8-719-048-26 DIODE GL528V1
8-719-921-54 DIODE MTZJ-6.2B
8-719-921-54 DIODE MTZJ-6.2B
8-719-923-60 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-9.1A
1-164-004-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
1-127-720-91 ELECT MELF 470MF
1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1MF
1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1MF
D1110
D1117
D1118
D1119
8-719-921-54 DIODE MTZJ-6.2B
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25
C912
C917
C919
C920
C923
1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1MF
1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1MF
1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1MF
1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1MF
1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1MF
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
<IC>
C1001
C1002
C1003
C1004
C1005
1-137-397-11 FILM
0.047MF 5%
100V
50V
50V
10V
10V
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
IC001
IC002
IC003
IC201
IC401
8-752-906-46 IC CXP85460-220Q
8-759-527-77 IC M24C16-MN6T
8-759-510-43 IC PST572C
8-759-442-73 IC TDA7494
8-759-353-59 IC LB1643
10%
20%
20%
1-104-664-11 ELECT
1-104-664-11 ELECT
47MF
47MF
C1006
C1007
C1008
C1009
C1010
1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
10%
20%
20%
20%
5%
50V
10V
50V
50V
50V
1-104-664-11 ELECT
1-126-963-11 ELECT
1-126-964-11 ELECT
1-137-370-11 FILM
47MF
IC402
IC402
IC403
IC404
IC405
8-752-906-47 IC CXP87852-061Q (VF21M77)
8-752-906-48 IC CXP87852-062Q (VF21M40/M70)
8-759-702-02 IC NJM062M
8-759-510-73 IC BA10393F-E2
8-759-438-83 IC BA6305F-E2
4.7MF
10MF
0.01MF
C1011
C1012
C1013
C1014
C1015
1-163-011-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0015MF 10%
1-163-011-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0015MF 10%
1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1MF
50V
50V
16V
50V
50V
IC701
IC801
IC802
IC901
IC1001
8-759-357-84 IC HA118295NT
8-759-439-51 IC LC89978M-TE-L
8-759-492-90 IC LA71504M-MPB
8-752-081-33 IC CXA2089Q
1-163-031-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01MF
1-126-960-11 ELECT
1MF
20%
8-759-499-30 IC BA7755AF-E2
C1016
C1017
C1019
C1020
C1021
1-104-664-11 ELECT
1-126-963-11 ELECT
1-104-664-11 ELECT
1-126-960-11 ELECT
1-126-964-11 ELECT
47MF
4.7MF
47MF
1MF
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
16V
50V
10V
50V
50V
IC1101
8-742-041-12 HYB IC SBX1981-11
10MF
<JACK>
C1104
C1108
C1110
C1111
1-163-038-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1MF
1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1MF
25V
16V
25V
25V
J1101
J1102
1-779-205-11 JACK, PIN 2P (GAME/INPUT (REAR))
1-568-267-21 JACK (HEADPHONE)
1-128-551-11 ELECT
1-128-551-11 ELECT
22MF
22MF
20%
20%
<CHIP CONDUCTOR>
<CONNECTOR>
1-569-937-11 SOCKET, CONNECTOR 21P
JR101
JR102
JR103
JR104
JR105
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-295-91 SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
CN001
CN002 * 1-569-930-11 SOCKET, CONNECTOR 13P
CN004
1-784-038-11 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 9P
CN251 * 1-564-506-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P
CN401 * 1-569-926-11 SOCKET, CONNECTOR 7P
JR106
JR107
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-295-91 SHORT
0
0
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 136 –
MA10
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
JR108
JR109
JR111
1-216-295-91 SHORT
0
0
0
Q1002
Q1101
8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-295-91 SHORT
JR115
JR116
JR119
JR120
JR121
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-295-91 SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
<RESISTOR>
R003
R005
R007
R008
R009
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-089-91 RES,CHIP
1-249-421-11 CARBON
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/4W
47K
2.2K
1K
1/10W
1/10W
JR122
JR123
JR124
JR402
JR403
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-295-91 SHORT
0
0
0
0
0
1K
R010
R011
R012
R013
R014
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1K
1K
100
1K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
<COIL>
R015
R016
R017
R018
R020
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-067-00 RES,CHIP
1K
1K
100
1K
5.6K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
L001
L002
L004
L402
L403
1-469-013-31 INDUCTOR 18UH
1-410-509-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
1-410-509-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
R021
R022
R024
R025
R027
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
4.7K
4.7K
10K
10K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
L431
L703
L704
L801
L803
1-410-509-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
1-414-857-11 INDUCTOR 100UH
1-414-857-11 INDUCTOR 100UH
1-410-439-11 INDUCTOR 470UH
1-408-977-21 INDUCTOR 39UH
R028
R029
R030
R031
R032
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-033-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-055-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-055-00 RES,CHIP
0
1K
220
1.8K
1.8K
L804
L808
L809
L811
L812
1-408-977-21 INDUCTOR 39UH
1-414-184-41 INDUCTOR 15UH
1-414-857-11 INDUCTOR 100UH
1-414-185-41 INDUCTOR 22UH
1-414-185-41 INDUCTOR 22UH
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R033
R034
R035
R036
R037
1-216-055-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1.8K
470
1K
100
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
L813
1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH
1-414-190-31 INDUCTOR 120UH
1-414-857-11 INDUCTOR 100UH
1-414-857-11 INDUCTOR 100UH
1-420-872-00 COIL, AIR CORE
L815
L1001
L1002
L1003
R038
R039
R040
R041
R042
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-045-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
L1004
1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH
100
680
4.7K
4.7K
<PHOTO COUPLER>
PH451
PH452
8-749-013-23 PHOTO INTERRUPTER GP3S120
8-749-013-23 PHOTO INTERRUPTER GP3S120
R043
R044
R045
R046
R047
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
4.7K
4.7K
0
100
100
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
<TRANSISTOR>
Q001
Q002
Q003
Q009
Q201
8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G
8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211
8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
R048
R051
R052
R053
R054
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
470
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
4.7K
10K
2.2K
1K
Q402
Q451
Q452
Q453
Q701
8-729-424-18 TRANSISTOR UN2113
8-729-281-53 TRANSISTOR 2SC1815-GR
8-729-042-88 TRANSISTOR RPT-37PB3F
8-729-042-88 TRANSISTOR RPT-37PB3F
8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
R055
R056
R057
R058
R059
1-216-033-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-033-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-039-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-075-00 RES,CHIP
220
220
1K
390
12K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
Q801
Q803
Q808
Q809
Q812
8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213
8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
R060
R061
R062
R063
R064
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-055-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-055-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-055-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-121-91 RES,CHIP
10K
1.8K
1.8K
1.8K
1M
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
Q815
Q821
Q823
Q824
Q825
8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G
8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
R065
R066
R067
R068
R070
1-216-097-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-045-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-033-00 RES,CHIP
100K
680
470
470
220
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
Q830
Q901
Q902
Q1001
8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G
8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G
8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-G
8-729-802-91 TRANSISTOR 2SD879
R073
R075
R076
R077
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-089-91 RES,CHIP
10K
1K
4.7K
47K
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 137 –
MA10
REF. NO. PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
------------ -------------
R078
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
10K
5%
1/10W
R454
R455
1-249-411-11 CARBON
1-216-089-91 RES,CHIP
330
5%
5%
1/4W
47K
1/10W
R084
R085
R096
R097
R098
1-216-033-00 RES,CHIP
220
1K
6.8K
10K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-069-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
R456
R457
R458
R459
R460
1-216-089-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-085-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-085-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-085-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
47K
33K
33K
33K
2.2K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R099
R101
R204
R205
R206
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-249-429-11 CARBON
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-109-00 RES,CHIP
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/4W
1/10W
1/10W
10K
10K
1K
R461
R465
R466
R467
R468
1-216-085-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-045-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-045-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-045-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-089-91 RES,CHIP
33K
680
680
680
47K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
330K
R210
R211
R212
R215
R216
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-047-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-249-385-11 CARBON
2.2K
10K
820
0
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R469
R470
R471
R472
R473
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
470
470
470
470
2.2
5%
1/4W
F
R218
R219
R220
R401
R402
1-216-105-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-033-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
220K
220
4.7K
10K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R474
R476
R477
R478
R479
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
10K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1K
1K
4.7K
R403
R404
R405
R406
R407
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-053-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-053-00 RES,CHIP
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
10K
10K
1.5K
1.5K
R480
R481
R484
R487
R701
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-045-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1K
1K
1K
680
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R408
R409
R410
R411
R412
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
10K
10K
1K
4.7K
2.2K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R702
R705
R706
R707
R708
1-216-045-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-055-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-081-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
680
1.8K
22K
10K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R414
R415
R416
R417
R418
1-216-097-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-097-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-105-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-111-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-097-91 RES,CHIP
100K
100K
220K
390K
100K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R709
R710
R711
R712
R714
1-216-061-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-295-91 SHORT
3.3K
1K
1K
1K
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R419
R420
R421
R422
R423
1-216-097-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-117-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-079-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-689-11 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
100K
680K
18K
39K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R716
R801
R803
R810
R811
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
0
470
2.2K
470
470
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R424
R425
R426
R427
R428
1-216-675-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-103-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-675-11 METAL CHIP
10K
0.50% 1/10W
2.2K
2.2K
180K
10K
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R813
R814
R815
R819
R820
1-216-047-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
1-247-815-91 CARBON
1-216-081-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-081-00 RES,CHIP
820
470
220
22K
22K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/4W
1/10W
1/10W
0.50% 1/10W
R429
R430
R432
R433
R435
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-037-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
4.7K
330
10K
10K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R823
R824
R827
R829
R831
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1K
1K
100
4.7K
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R436
R437
R438
R439
R440
1-216-043-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-089-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-089-91 RES,CHIP
560
4.7K
0
47K
47K
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
R833
R834
R835
R837
R838
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-041-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
0
0
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
470
10K
4.7K
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R441
R442
R443
R444
R445
1-216-089-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-089-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-089-91 RES,CHIP
47K
47K
1K
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R839
R840
R841
R843
R845
1-216-055-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-033-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-069-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-047-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1.8K
220
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
0
6.8K
820
47K
5%
1/10W
2.2K
R446
R447
R448
R449
R450
1-216-075-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-081-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-075-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-081-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-077-00 RES,CHIP
12K
22K
12K
22K
15K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R847
R848
R849
R850
R852
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-053-00 RES,CHIP
0
4.7K
0
5%
1/10W
4.7K
1.5K
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
R451
R452
R453
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-249-400-11 CARBON
1-249-400-11 CARBON
2.2K
39
39
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/4W
1/4W
R855
R856
1-216-055-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-071-00 RES,CHIP
1.8K
8.2K
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 138 –
MA10
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
R857
R858
R860
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-061-00 RES,CHIP
1K
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R1129
R1132
R1133
R1134
1-216-037-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
330
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1K
10K
4.7K
4.7K
3.3K
R861
R863
R864
R865
R867
1-216-089-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-045-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
47K
680
0
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
R1135
R1136
R1137
R1138
R1139
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-051-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-045-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-047-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-093-91 RES,CHIP
4.7K
1.2K
680
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
0
2.2K
5%
1/10W
820
68K
R869
R870
R873
R875
R881
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-089-91 RES,CHIP
1K
2.2K
1K
0
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R1140
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1K
5%
1/10W
47K
5%
1/10W
<SWITCH>
R882
R883
R885
R901
R902
1-216-689-11 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-049-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
39K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
S001
S401
S451
S1101
S1102
1-473-555-11 ENCODER, ROTARY (QUICK TIMER)
1-771-155-11 SWITCH, ROTARY (MODE)
1-762-108-11 SWITCH, PUSH (1 KEY) (REC/PROF)
1-571-032-11 SWITCH, PUSH (1 KEY) (POWER)
1-570-577-11 SWITCH, PUSH (STOP)
1K
4.7K
2.2K
R903
R905
R909
R911
R913
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-097-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-295-91 SHORT
2.2K
100
2.2K
100K
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
S1103
S1104
S1105
S1106
S1107
1-570-577-11 SWITCH, PUSH (REW)
1-570-577-11 SWITCH, PUSH (PLAY/GAME)
1-570-577-11 SWITCH, PUSH (FF/INPUT SELECT)
1-570-577-11 SWITCH, PUSH (PAUSE/VOL -)
1-570-577-11 SWITCH, PUSH (REC/VOL +)
R914
R916
R917
R918
R919
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-057-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-065-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
100
2.2K
100
4.7K
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
S1108
S1109
1-571-532-21 SWITCH, TACTIL (PROG -)
1-571-532-21 SWITCH, TACTIL (PROG +)
<TRANSFORMER>
R920
R926
R928
R931
R934
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
100
100
100
100
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
T1001
1-431-097-11 TRANSFORMER, BIAS OSCILLATION
<CRYSTAL>
X001
X430
X801
X802
1-767-755-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL
1-760-494-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL
1-579-608-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL
1-577-380-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL
MISCELLANEOUS
R1002
R1003
R1004
R1005
R1006
1-249-408-11 CARBON
1-249-381-11 CARBON
1-216-063-91 RES,CHIP
1-249-401-11 CARBON
1-216-075-00 RES,CHIP
180
1
3.9K
47
12K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/4W
1/4W
1/10W
1/4W
1/10W
*****************
R1007
R1008
R1010
R1011
R1012
1-216-079-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-035-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-109-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-069-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-047-91 RES,CHIP
18K
270
330K
6.8K
820
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
! 1-416-864-11 COIL, VM
! 1-416-946-11 COIL, DEMAGNETIC
1-452-032-00 MAGNET,DISC ; 10mmø
1-452-094-00 MAGNET, ROTATABLE DISC ; 15mmø
! 1-452-728-21 COIL, NA ROTATION (RT-154)
R1013
R1014
R1015
R1016
R1017
1-216-079-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-053-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-075-00 RES,CHIP
1-249-426-11 CARBON
18K
1.5K
10K
12K
5.6K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/4W
1-529-394-11 SPEAKER (5X9CM)
R1018
R1019
R1020
R1023
R1024
1-216-061-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-073-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-025-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-067-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-093-91 RES,CHIP
3.3K
10K
100
5.6K
68K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R1025
R1101
R1102
R1103
R1106
1-216-129-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1-216-067-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-022-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-089-91 RES,CHIP
2.2M
0
5.6K
75
47K
5%
1/10W
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R1107
R1109
R1111
R1112
R1113
1-216-055-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-079-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-067-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-061-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-061-00 RES,CHIP
1.8K
18K
5.6K
3.3K
3.3K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R1114
R1115
R1116
R1117
R1119
1-216-051-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-055-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-047-91 RES,CHIP
1-216-045-00 RES,CHIP
1-216-295-91 SHORT
1.2K
1.8K
820
680
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R1128
1-216-037-00 RES,CHIP
330
5%
1/10W
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 139 –
KV-VF21M40/VF21M70/VF21M77
RM-956
RM-956
RM-955
The components identified by
shading and mark ! are criti-
cal for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
REF. NO. PART NO.
------------ -------------
DESCRIPTION
-------------------
REMARK
-------------
! 1-574-062-22 CORD, POWER (WITH CONNECTOR)
(E/ME/JE model)
! 1-769-609-21 CORD, POWER (WITH CONNECTOR)
(HK model)
1-900-226-67 LEAD ASSY, G2
1-900-234-88 CONNECTOR ASSY 7P
1-900-244-04 CONNECTOR ASSY , FLAT 21P
1-900-244-71 CONNECTOR ASSY, FLAT 13P
! 8-451-505-11 DEFLECTION YOKE (Y21RSA-S)
! 8-738-809-05 PICTURE TUBE (A51LPT70X)
V901
V901
(VF21M70/M77)
! 8-738-812-05 PICTURE TUBE (A51LPT70X) (VF21M40)
*************************************************************
ACCESSORIES AND PACKING MATERIALS
****************************************
1-569-008-21 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION 2P
(E/ME/JE model)
3-701-910-00 SCREW, SPECIAL (DIA. 3.8X20)
3-866-053-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (HK model)
3-866-053-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (E/JE model)
3-866-053-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ME model)
* 4-069-447-01 INDIVIDUAL CARTON (VF21M40/M70)
* 4-070-013-01 INDIVIDUAL CARTON (VF21M77)
* 4-070-014-01 CUSHION,(UPPER) (ASSY)
* 4-070-015-01 CUSHION,(LOWER) (ASSY)
4-392-003-11 BAND, HOLD
4-392-004-11 CLIP
* 4-392-859-11 BAG, PROTECTION
REMOTE COMMANDER
**********************
1-418-447-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RM-955)
(VF21M77)
1-418-448-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RM-956)
(VF21M40/M70)
9-882-043-01 COVER, BATTERY (FOR RM-955/956)
English
99DN70194-1
Printed in Malaysia
© 1999. 4
Sony Ichinomiya Corporation
9-965-739-01
Quality Assurance Division
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– 140 –
|